THE PRIDE OF THE UNIFICATION CHURCH

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

December 10, 1989
Belvedere
Translated by Col. Sang Kil Han

The topic of Father’s sermon this morning is Tongil Kyohe JarangJarang means “pride;” “The Pride of the Unification Church.” Americans feel a lot of pride about being Americans and being in America. We have the pride of America and the pride of the Unification Church. How do the two compare? Each and every one is proud of something that they belong to or that they own. One may be proud of being a member of a democratic regime or nation; someone else who is an ardent communist would be proud of that. Does the pride of the Unification Church include pride in America or does pride of America override pride in the Unification Church? Which includes the other? (The pride of the Unification Church.) How does that work?

We can see that many countries have horizontal standards, but no vertical standards. If someone is proud of a certain school and of being a student there, we always look into the history of the school and how it developed its standards, its height and its depth. We focus on the vertical achievements of the school.

Each part of a man’s body is proud of itself: the hand is proud of being a hand; the eyes, the ears, and feet are proud of being what they are and claim that they are more important than the others! Yet which part of the body deserves to have the most pride? Something which is hidden behind what we can see with our eyes is more important than what we see. That connects to deeper and more important internal things. The eyes would like to be in the deepest, most hidden place where precious things are apt to be kept. The eyes want to see things by connecting with the most hidden, deep place. They do not just want to see shallowly. What is in the deepest realm of the mind?

What is true of the individual human body is also true of a nation. A nation too wants to be proud of something which is deeper, not easy to see, but very much present. The world is also like this. This is very clearly centered upon God.

What would God be the most proud of? What is His pride? It is the same thing. We resemble God and God resembles us, so God is proud of the deepest thing. If you look into it carefully, a person is proud of something which everyone else has in common, but which he at that time represents to everyone. That something is unchanging: it was there years ago, it is there now, it will be there forever more. Everyone sees it and loves it. This would be the source of pride. Wouldn’t that be true?

If something heavy is more valuable, then people would want to have the heaviest of all. If beauty is a standard of pride, then everyone wants to have the most beautiful one. If, facing God, man wants to show God something which he can be proud of, what would that be? Here is a man and here is a woman; a husband and wife. They want to show each other something that they can be proud of. What would the man’s pride be? What would the woman’s pride be? When we come to think more and more deeply about it, what is the real crux of pride? What makes pride?

The Unification Church has a lot to be proud of. Their lifestyle is different; the aim of their life is completely different than anyone we have ever seen; they work very hard and are very dedicated. These are all nice qualities, but anyone could do that if they really wanted to. What should our pride be?

Father wants to ask the American sisters here: Are you proud of being born a woman? (Yes.) What about the men? Are you proud of being men? (Yes!) Who is more proud? In a simple example, the one who can walk a few steps further than the other is proud of that fact. If they both climb up a high hill and exhaust themselves, the one who climbs up a few more inches feels more proud. Those few more inches make a lot of difference!

It is obvious that everyone wants to be proud of something, but what is the real center or point of which to be proud? Everyone walks, but if someone flies as well, he certainly deserves to be proud! What is that real essence of which a man can be proud and which everyone can accept? Wouldn’t that be something that everything and everyone is included in-something that everyone wants very much to be a part of? If it is a big sphere, one wants to be in it, not outside of it. Contained in that something is a country, all men, and even God and the flow of history. Wouldn’t the essence of pride be found there?

Can we describe or narrow down what it is in the world that has such conditions? Can it be money? (No.) Money can certainly buy a lot, but everything can’t be inside of it. The money would say, “Oh, I’m so powerful and valuable, everybody wants to come within me. I include everyone, even and especially the great big Americans! How wonderful I am! ” That would be the money’s pride.

What about someone who has deep knowledge in a specialized area and receives the Nobel Prize? Does everyone want to be in that knowledge? (No.)

What about power? Is power a good candidate for this? Not only Americans, but Russians and everyone wants to be a part of power so that they can be proud of and exercise that power. Americans also love to be successful in their careers and to be popular in the world. Isn’t that true? (Yes.) Imagine you were the most powerful person in the world. No one is more powerful than you are and you want to live for thousands and thousands of years. Is there nothing more that you would want?

Is America a good country or a bad country? Why do you laugh? Why don’t you say clearly yes or no? All right then. Is the Unification Church a good church or a bad church? (Good!) Why? How can we say that without hesitation? How about God? Is He good or is He bad? Why do you say He is good? What is it that even money, even power, even man, and even knowledge will crown as the greatest thing? God will put a crown on this too. If someone puts a crown on this, God will approve. What is it that each person, even God, can be eternally proud of having, needing no more than that? That would be true love. Even God is proud of true love.

The power of love is such that if it continues for millions of billions of years without changing, all by itself, people will still love it and want to be more and more a part of it. Some people may not respect knowledge, may even despise it, but if this crown is on top of the head of knowledge, then everyone wants knowledge. That is love.

Money is sometimes questionable, but if money has true love on top of it, that money will have unchanging value for millions and billions of years. Everyone will want to possess it.

Americans shout out for “Freedom, freedom!” Freedom with love is a fantastic thing and that is what we want. Yet imagine freedom without love. Then it is not that great.

One doesn’t necessarily want the most beautiful hands. If a hand is ugly but it works with love, then everyone will welcome it and want to touch it. Love should be connected with everything. Even the eyes want to see with love so that everything looks beautiful and so that the eyes themselves can be connected deeper with love. A limping person will be beautiful if he walks with love. Even the limping will be attractive. Is that true? (Yes.)

Love is not something that only men love and women do not care about. Both men and women care about love. If there is a fisherman who fishes with love on top of his head, there is no fish that does not want to come near and be hooked! Every fish wants to be a part of him. There is no human being who would not want to be a part of him either. If man is like a fish, swimming around everywhere and doesn’t want to stay where he is supposed to, God has to fish him! If God has a pole to fish man with, what would the bait be that man would never fail to jump at? Love bait, yes.

Once you are hooked on the love hook with the love bait, you don’t even bite-you snatch at it! Freedom may be very important, so you might want to get away, but once you taste the love bait, you want to continue eating it.

With a child of a young age, the parents have to have a good way to lead or train that child. The only thing you can do as a parent is to love. Otherwise, the child will not follow willingly. (Father laughs.) The other day Mother was going out and Shin Hwa Nim, who is a one year old baby, was looking up at and smiling at Mother and kissing Mother’s hands so amiably!

There are 240 million people in America. If you poured love into each one of them until they were full up to the brim with love, what would the country be like? (Great.) We can all imagine. America has many, many things, but from the viewpoint of love, does America have a lot of love? In that respect, is America a desert or a green area? It is like a desert.

How about just one American? Does she or he have a lot of love in him-forever love-the kind that does not change? Now we come very close to the point. Americans want to be proud, but they cannot have a lot of confidence about it because they do not have lots of love. If they had love, they would not hesitate to be proud.

Imagine someone who is very small, but who is full of love. Then imagine someone who is big, even a giant, and very impressive, but who has very little or no love. Which would you choose? (The small one.) A strange thing happens! This big one wants to be contained in this small one! The small one does not want to be in the big one! The small one is not even beckoning, but this huge one wants to get inside it and live. The entity which has that kind of drawing power is love.

What about God? Each entity will beckon God to come live within us. Where would God want to go? Into the small one with love or into the big one who doesn’t have love? Whom do you resemble? Yes, God. So what we want to do, God probably wants to do too.

Freedom is not that valuable without love. Freedom is undoubtedly important and everyone wants to have it-yet without love, it is not great. Why is it so? That is because without love, its power cannot continue forever. It is limited, in other words. Without love, freedom will not last. It will change into something else. It may be good when you first get it, but after a while, you get tired of it. You don’t want to be in it anymore. It is not eternal and unchanging. Power without love, money without love, anything without love is not that great-even freedom.

Say you are about to enter into a business or trade. What kind of business is good, where you can make a lot of profits? There are many businesses, but what is your choice? Father doesn’t know what business to go into! The love business? The love business is very advantageous! Unlike any other business, if you work hard in the love business and make lots of it, no one can take it away from you. Money can be stolen, but not love. It will belong to us forever. There is no chance that it will be stolen or slip away. A wise business person would work and make a lot and save it and stack it up until it grows bigger and bigger. That is the love business.

Here we sit on a cold concrete floor, not even on chairs, early in the morning when it is very cold. Why? What are we seeking? The seats on which we are sitting are love seats-it is a love floor. Maybe something is underneath you-a pebble or a thorn-and it bothers you, but you still don’t want to leave! It’s a rather good sensation!

Well, you always discover the greatest things, every Sunday morning. What is the title of Father’s sermon this morning? “The Pride of the Unification Church.” There are many reasons to be proud of the Unification Church. Father is called a millionaire and is rumored to have a lot of money. Are you proud of that? (No.) That money is different from ordinary money, however. That money centers on love. Are you proud of that money? (Yes.) The word yokshim means desire or ambition in a good sense. Father is the most yokshim person in the whole world. Father has the biggest ambition, the biggest desire-in other words, Father wants to achieve the most. Love is his prime desire. Father is greedy about love! Would you be proud of Father because of that? (Yes.)

Look at the streets. Thousands of people are busily walking around-but are they walking with love? If someone is walking with love, then he is the greatest and everyone wants to go along with him to see where he goes. If he is dancing with love you may think, “Oh, I’ve seen better dancers than that-” but still, nothing is more beautiful.

Thousands of women wear scarves, yet we can be proud of the scarf which is colored with love. Love is eternal.

Father is still waiting to draw the conclusion. Father never jumps to conclusions and he wants to be careful: is it true that love is that almighty? Father thinks there might be two different kinds of love: love centering on oneself and love centering on others. Maybe both can be called love, but if we look closely, they are very, very different. Father wants to be sure-what is love then? Are all loves acceptable or what kind of love is best? (True love.) What is the definition of true love, then? (For the sake of others.) For the sake of everyone. Then do you not have a good feeling? Do you think, “What about me? Am I left out?” (No.)

Therefore, when we decide a bad man from a good man, what is our criterion? The one who centers on himself is the bad person. The one who centers on everything and everyone else is a good person. Both may have love.

It is so simple that even a child can do it. Why should I, as an adult, grown-up person, have to struggle with it? It is so simple, but so true. Father has tried it many times and observed it many times. It always works and never fails. If all throughout the night we work very hard, thinking about everyone and loving everyone-then everyone will watch over us and welcome us for that. We may not even fulfill very well-still, they want to help us do it right.

If in loving everyone else, one goes hungry, somehow food will appear. Somehow people will want to give food. “Here, eat,” they’ll say. The one himself might not have thought about eating, but everyone around him came and said, “Go ahead, eat. You must be hungry!” When he loses sleep, working harder and harder, people would come and say, “Please sleep! Don’t go out! Sleep! Sleep!” Everyone is trying to protect that center person. Is that true? (Yes.)

If love has that kind of contents, how wonderful it is! Should one live centering on himself or centered on others? Others, yes. Love is most valuable centering on others. That kind of love lasts forever. It is a strange and mysterious power.

If a loving mother goes after her son with the swat of love, trying to set him straight-is that boy fortunate or unfortunate? What if his loving mother bites him once a day-“Oh! I love you! What if she bites him in one section one day, then another section the next? Is that a happy or an unhappy baby?

What is the Unification Church? The Unification Church is great. They are all like this loving mother. They go after everyone-Germans, Americans, Japanese. They wake people up and chase after them and bombard them and somehow they don’t hate you! Somehow they feel some warmth in you and say, “Do more, do more.” The taste is quite good, as a matter of fact! That nice aftertaste never goes away. It lingers forever.

All men want a really loving wife-but what if that wife bit you because she loved you so much? Would you be annoyed? “Stop that-I’m working!” No, he would say, “Bite me more!” Is that kind of a man happy or unhappy? Is the woman happy or unhappy? She loves him so much she cannot help but bite him.

There are many different contests in the world. If there were a biting contest in the spirit world and someone received a big prize in the biting section-who would win the prize? The wife who bit her husband the most times while in the physical world would win! That would be her source of pride! God would say, “Yes, you’re the champion!”

Since she is so famous, everyone would want to see her, wouldn’t they? If a champion was coming to your neighborhood, wouldn’t you go out of your way to see her? She doesn’t have to go around and show herself-everyone will come around to see her. They will line up and she’ll be elevated higher and higher. After a while, she even becomes arrogant! Still, no one will mind. “Oh, a champion deserves to be arrogant!” they will say.

Is there anyone who does not want to be the number one champion in life? All want to excel over other people in some area, right? Biting is just one example. What about living for the sake of other people? What about dying for the sake of other people? Dying for the sake of other people must be even better. The champion in this field will be the one who does not want to die for others just one time but repeatedly-thousands of times.

Actually, he lives again and again. After a while, you don’t want him to die anymore. You just let him be. He commands freedom from death. In freedom from death, death is done away with. This is the only way to gain freedom. Otherwise, if we are there for ourselves, everyone will dump on you more and more. Do you understand?

What can be the pride of the Unification Church? We know we can be very proud of being Unification Church members, but for what? We founded a very influential newspaper, The Washington Times, Insight Magazine, and the World and I monthly magazine. Father created all of this in Danbury, not under normal circumstances. The Washington Times didn’t start in Danbury but during the court battle, before Danbury. Father signed the final go-ahead on The Washington Times in the courtroom. Is that wonderful or not? Why? America was trying to hurt Reverend Moon-trying to do evil to him, trying to make him perish. Under this tremendous pressure, Father still loved.

Without The Washington Times, America could not have lived. Which power can embrace and overcome the other-the power of hate or the power of love? Love can embrace hatred. That is a natural course of events.

After a long time, everything will come to light. Who will respect whom? Will those who hated Reverend Moon come to respect him? (Yes.) Where are peace and liberty, true freedom and victory? Watch carefully where these things are. Are they in America or are they in Reverend Moon’s world? Yet who is the majority? Of course, he is one person and there are millions against him, but who follows whom? 240 million people go where Reverend Moon goes, even though he is only one person. Why? We already saw why. He may be small, but because he has true love, no matter how big they are, everyone else wants to come into the small one.

What if this small place is already fully occupied and there is only a small opening here and God came at the very last? There is not enough space for God to come in-there is only enough room for Him to stick His finger in! He will stick His finger into it. Do you mind if your loving husband’s finger comes and taps you on the head? No. The whole body feels a sensation then. Do we have that kind of mind, heart, and characteristic? Do you have it? Are you the same as me? (Yes.)

Then we are in a contest, a competition, centering on love. We can compete with each other-who loves the most. Who loves the country the most? Who is a good person and who is a bad person in the Unification Church? One has a Ph.D and says, “I am Dr. So-and-so,” but does nothing. Over here is someone who does not even remember what qualifications he or she has, but always runs around working hard, making a lot of heavenly problems everywhere, always on the move, always doing something for the sake of others. Which is better? The second one, yes. (Father teases the members:) I vote for the first one! (No, the second!)

Father always went around stirring America up, making a lot of noise, creating so many issues, never leaving people alone, always on the love offensive-was Father wrong in that? (No.) Here is an English-style gentleman, a well-clad America man who says, “What is he doing? He makes no sense to me! Why doesn’t he just stay put!” That is one thing Father won’t do! He won’t stay put. They are dying-how can he leave them alone? With love, we have to act as much as our life and power permits us. There’s no mistake about it? Are you sure? Is this the lifestyle we have to embark upon? (Yes.)

The more Unification Church members look at Father, the more tears we feel inside. When we possess something, we want to share it with him. Even though he has a lot, we want to give him more so that he can use it for the world. All the Unification Church members are like that. Every time we see Father, we pity and love him more. Why? Because that is how love works. When we are in love, when we do the works of love, that is how love operates.

Love is an art. It is God’s art. This is where God’s brand-new love civilization will begin. It is in the making. “I want to be a part of it-a part of creating that new civilization here on earth.” Do we all want that? (Yes.)

Father understood all this, of course, but he was newly impressed when he went to Korea this time. He felt, “Oh, it is really amazing how love works.” The fact is that the Korean situation was very difficult and no one had any solution. Father said, “Okay, I’ll give them a solution.” Father called up the chief police commissioner, the head of all the police forces. He had to come because he is seeking a solution. Father told him, “Do this and that.” The commissioner was spellbound by it. Father talked to him with intense love and he could not help but receive it. The police chief followed Father’s advice completely and was successful. The problem is now beautifully solved.

Father saw that the universal power is directing everyone in the same direction. Father felt that the power of love is really great.

In a positive way, Father always haunts us, doesn’t he? We cannot forget him. If we don’t want to do something, we think, “What would Father say about that?” and then we push ourselves. We think, “Father would do this; Father would think this.” Father is always behind us in Korea, in Russia, and everywhere in the world.

Tomorrow is historical. The top six media people in Russia are coming directly here to visit Father. This has never happened before. No matter what state of mind they come in, Father knows that he is not going to use them. Father genuinely loves them and is thinking about Russia. No matter how much they understand or do not understand of what Father is saying, still, by the time they leave, their minds will be working in a certain way. In spite of themselves, they will start going in a certain inevitable direction. Father knows that because that is the only way that love can go.

When Father gives something, he gives something better than what he gives to his own wife or children. That kind of giving will never go to waste. The person will understand and will want to bring even more back to Father. If there is a deep root of love there, no matter how much the other person struggles against it and wants to free himself, it is to no avail. He cannot. This kind of love is the strongest armament.

Americans are no exception to this. Father gave a lot to America. They were not aware that they accepted it, but after a while, all of a sudden they woke up and found that they had been influenced by Reverend Moon. That is the only way they can go, so how can they deny it? When Father visited Europe three weeks ago, it was the first time in ten years. He spoke to them 24 hours a day to make up for lost time. Father told them, “Unite all the European countries under God.” Father knew that that root was very much present and would be growing in deeper and deeper as he spoke. Father told them, “Now, if you anchor yourself and really connect deeply to the root, all of Europe will go the way you wish. There is no other choice.”

We must know that when God created the world, He created it with true love. When Father goes the same way, talking to people, they too will be recreated with this true love. The same process of creation is taking place now. No matter how distant or far away we are, that is the action we are taking. We are creating that love power and making a new creation, even from afar. Do you understand?

If you want to call it so, love is a formidable power or weapon against non-love. We can occupy everything with it and create happiness. Then what is the pride of the Unification Church?

When we witness, we give everything we have, all our love, for the sake of that person or group. Do we love New York? (Yes.) We can sit and say we love New York, or we can say nothing about it, but around the clock go to all different areas of New York and talk to them and pray for them and act on their behalf. Who loves New York more in that case? There is no comparison. This is the more meaningful kind of love.

If you say you love New York, which section of New York do you mean? Have you really threaded through the New York streets on foot, going everywhere to visit in order to express your love? Going out for fun or sightseeing or shopping doesn’t count. Going to save the people is what counts.

We should shed tears. We cannot help but shed tears looking at the miserable people, young and old. There are so many miserable people in the streets of New York. Whatever the cause, we have to save them. We have to make a foundation to resurrect New York City.

Do you really love America? We may say, “Oh, I love America-how wonderful it is!” but we don’t need the kind of love that just enjoys America. Nobody welcomes us, perhaps, but we go anyway because we know they need us. We go there whether they like it or not. We talk to them and shed tears for them and we don’t stop. We don’t stay away. This is what we are destined to do.

When Father first set foot in America, right off the plane, he declared to God and everyone, “Here, I am, Reverend Moon. I am here. I will love this country more than George Washington did two hundred years ago. I will love this country more than any patriot, white or black. ” Then Father started going around the country on a tour. Father visited every state, day and night at a very fast speed. Father covered the entire continental United States in 40 days. Father kept the busiest schedule in the history of the highway! No one traveled the highway with a more intense heart than Father. Father was saying, “Wherever I go, there should be life. They all need it. Wherever I go, my life is needed there.” Father felt he was visiting these places in God’s stead; in God’s capacity.

Father had two strong American brothers with him who drove night and day. They took shifts. Everyone slept in the car. The young American brother did not understand. He said, “Father, here’s a hotel.” He thought to himself, “Why doesn’t he stop and rest there? We can start anew tomorrow.” There were many restaurants and this brother kept thinking, “Oh, Father, why don’t we go there and eat? It will only take a few minutes.” But Father always traveled on, with a sack of bread and some sausage and pickles.

Young Oon Kim was the quartermaster, the supplier, so her stomach was the standard! If she was hungry, then everyone was hungry. If she was full, then everyone was full. She used to give just two sandwiches each. Father wanted more, but she would say, “That’s enough!” One day Father thought, “Oh, they must be hungry” So he offered everyone more sandwiches at three o’clock one morning. Everyone shouted, “Yes, yes!”

He sowed seeds of true love all throughout the land, praying in one area, giving words in another; “Now, soil, receive my seed well and grow it well,” he always prayed. That is how Father started here.

Father visited all the valleys, all the mountainous areas, the small cities, the larger cities, Washington and New York, and then he exploded towards the whole world. Up until this minute, America never welcomed Father, yet America is now coming around in the direction Father wanted them to. “That’s strange! We are going the same direction Reverend Moon is going in!” Even though many offered to pay for some of the expenses, Father never let them. He did not sleep. He worked harder and encouraged the Japanese brothers and sisters to work harder and gained all the funds to put into the world’s activity. This was done by Father’s own hand.

Some Americans came to understand this. The retired American generals’ association got together last time and said, “Oh, Reverend Moon, we want to help. Whatever donation we can give, we want to.” Father said, “No. Wait. Do not just give individually, but wait until all 240 million Americans want to donate as much as you do. Until that time, I will do it out of my own pocket.” Father knows that at that time, America will spring up and live again. Until that time, Father decided to push forward himself.

This is what Reverend Moon has been doing. America needs to be saved. No one can save them except Father. All this is true. Everything will literally go in the direction Father desires. In the early Reagan days, the transition days, everyone knew that America was going in a liberal direction and that it might take years before they could turn around. But Father, with his own spiritual might, turned this trend around. From 1976 to 1988, Father exerted all of his power, energy, and love for America and caused America to turn around and change. Lo and behold, the American people have been going in the direction God desires.

In 1977, Father proclaimed that he would go to Moscow in the future. Next year will be exactly twelve years from that time. In April of 1990, we will have a media conference in Moscow. The schedule is set; it is only four months away. All the preliminary arrangements are being made by this group of six highly established media people from Russia.

The world has turned around so much-this is how! (Applause and cheering .)

At that time, no one knew what was going on except Reverend Moon himself. Father knew no one else knew. Do you understand? (Yes.) How wonderful it is. How grateful we should be. Do you understand? Father has been using that formula all along-that inside power. This is the real reality, do you understand? This is the most valuable thing.

The really serious trouble in this country is pragmatism. They set their own goal and make it work. They are continually doing that and ignoring the really important things. Who would want to uproot or pull out Reverend Moon’s thought? Would America do that or would they protect it so that it can grow stronger? If it dies, America dies too. That is why they would want to protect it and let it grow.

People high and low will come to recognize that Reverend Moon is the number one patriot in America and a good man. They will say, “Don’t leave, Reverend Moon! Don’t go back home!” People everywhere will come to embrace him instead of fighting him so much. Which is more hopeful? America’s way or Father’s way? (Father’s way .)

There are many religions here on the face of the earth and each has a founder or master. How do you compare the other religious founders with the founder of the Unification Church? How can you say Father is better than they are? You already know very clearly that Unification Church is very different from all the other religions. Look at Judaism. Judaism was centered within and tried to bring everyone under them. Christianity tried to do the same thing. Buddhism also tried to do that, asserting that Buddhism is the only and best religion. They too became self-centered. Father is different. Instead of trying to draw everyone under him, Father is willing to carry them on his back. There are no boundaries in the Unification Church. Unification Church extends everywhere.

Father loves Korea so very much, yet Father did not stay in Korea and just work there. He came to try to save America, a hostile environment to boot. America is a Cain place. Yet Father came here first, before trying to save Korea. His concept is completely different from other religious founders.

Here we can see a very simple but very powerful principle at work. All the rest of the religions centered on themselves, but Father, centering on others, worked a miracle because that is where God worked. God’s recreative power is there. Do you believe and understand it or do you know it? (We know it.)

Look at the visible world now. There is no master or owner, or one who is responsible. Those who love this country the most and work for its cause the most will eventually become the center or master in America and in the world. This is true everywhere. Russia and China are no exceptions. The one who loves China the most, no matter what color skin he has, eventually will be in the center or master position.

Is this only conceptually true or is it true in reality? So far in human history, there have been evil masters. Now there are no masters.

Centering on the Unification Church and the foundation that it has, should Americans, Japanese, or Koreans go around the world and take this position in this capacity? Americans are very difficult people! Their individualism is so deep-rooted, how can we erase it? How can we pull it out? How can an American deny himself? That question relates to Americans more than to any other people. When you compare all three, the Koreans, the Japanese, and the Americans, who has the strongest individualism? (Americans.) What about between the Japanese and the Koreans? Who is the more individualistic? (The Koreans. Laughter.)

The Koreans have the characteristic that everyone is a center of his own. Throughout history, however, when a crisis came and the nation was at stake or in peril, everyone came into unity and saved the country.

Look closely at the Koreans now. Four political parties are competing very fiercely with each other. Yet the people know that all four of them are fake, so they do not follow them. Each person is thinking, “Oh, my thinking is better than Kim Dae Jung’s.” Roh Tae Woo is the incumbent president, but any older Korean thinks of him as a young boy! The people do want to unite. That is not individuality. However, they are very conscientious. They say, “I can do as good as anyone else. I can even do as well as Reverend Moon.” Yet as far as love goes, they know they cannot do as well as he can and will follow him wherever he goes. The Korean people are saying, “Reverend Moon, that’s enough about America. What about Korea? We need you.” This is precisely the time for that.

What do we think? Should Father do that? That means that America does not need Father to invest in it as he has in the past. Now we can be more self-sufficient. The Korean people are actually protesting to Father, “Father, that is the country that was very hostile to you. Why do you have to stay there? Whatever they can do, we can do too. Why do you stay there forever and ever? Think of your own country.”

Externally, is America still a greater country than Korea or not? Definitely, yes. It is still very strong. From the outside, nothing appears to have changed, even though it has. It is still a very great country. If Americans feel that their country is indebted to Reverend Moon, this is the time that they should want to help Reverend Moon accomplish his next task.

Up until the 1980s, Father’s work has been to make God’s love foundation here in the Western world. From 1990 until the year 2000-the next ten years-Father will have to do the same thing in Korea. After that, from 2000 into the third millennium, at the age of 80, where should Father go? Where did Moses go?

What is the Unification Church? It is actually the unification of religion. Chunggyo means “religion.” Kyo means teaching; chung means the center or the heaviest supporting part, like the center beam of a building or house. The prime or center teaching is chunggyo. Kyohe is the teaching place, or church. The Unification Church is the prime teaching center where they teach about the unified nation. They teach how to unify the separated mind and body, separated couples, separated families, separated tribes and nations and the separated universe.

What is the real teaching concept? The answer is simple. It is the true love concept. How can the separated mind and body come into oneness? They can do so by centering on the mind and fulfilling the subject-object relationship. This makes them into one. Man and woman can be unified through this also. Who is the center? How can you women answer “Man?” Because man is the subject, right? They are more heavy. They are more wide. They are more active. Women are more soft and receiving. (Laughter.)

Why do you marry? You want to receive love. Women are like that: “I want to receive love!” Man is the center or subject and woman is the object. Women must center upon or follow their husbands. As the subject and object relationship is solved, it will extend all the way to the nation and to the world. It is the same concept.

How can we combine the United States and Korea, for instance? Who is the subject? Why is Korea the subject? The American people think too proudly of themselves for that! They don’t think they need to even talk to the other side, but sooner or later, they will be surrounded by the other side. Korea will take the subject position by working to save America. The American people will surrender to that love. When that kind of atmosphere prevails, Korea will be the center or subject. From that, we will be able to connect all of the world.

Up, down, east, and west will all be changed around and the ideal, accurate center point will be set. Going down, going up, going left and right will be determined by the accurate center point. It will be combined into one; a unifying action will take place on the globe. If you come close to me, I will open my home or room. Only true love can do that. True love is welcome everywhere. Subject and object unity is the key. Do you understand? (Yes.) Otherwise, there is no value.

Wherever you go, be absolutely confident that you are connected with the center. Then you can go anywhere, even to a dancing place, with confidence. You go there not to take from them but to give to them. If you do that, even if you dance disco, it’s all right!

If we do things centered on ourselves, we are assaulted by temptation and that is bad, but if we do it with true love, we can do anything. We are free.

What about the women? Being born women, should we give our love to many husbands? (Laughter.) That we certainly cannot do. Why? There is only one path of true love. We cannot love two men, let alone many men. Is the American type of love wrong or right? (Wrong!) It is wrong.

Now you know clearly why-not just because someone said so, not even because Father said so, but because there is only one line that can go through the center. Your partner is your partner forever; there is no place for another person.

What man needs absolutely is love, life, and lineage. They are all one; they are not separate. When love visits us, does the blood get excited and boil or not? Does the face become flushed or pale? (Flushed.) It shows the color of blood. You are full of power when love comes. Everything is excited and moving; life is moving. The sexual organs of men and women-are they excited all the time or are they calm most of the time and excited only at special times? That’s where the life is. Love is there and the blood is there-all are one. Because of this love, life will come together and children will be born. If a big plus comes, then a minus will immediately come into being and they will enter into give and take, forever in motion, enlarging and enlarging.

When the love, life, and blood are mixed and move intensely, it resembles the universe. Therefore, it produces a son or daughter, who are the same shape as the universe. We are shocked when we see blood. We are shocked when we see death, the end of life. We are shocked when there is despair-when there is no love, only disappointment. These three things-lineage (blood), life, and love are so important that we are shocked in their absence.

Because of love, life can come into being. Because of life, we can continue on into eternal life. The three are the same, not separated. That is why people feel they are so important. One’s life is important. One’s next generation is important; “I must pass on my blood forever.” It is always centered on love. Love has that kind of power. The three are one and are centered in one place. We should always remember and think about this. It is all one path, not separate paths.

There are many religions, but the true religion should stress the importance of the blood, the life, and of love. Christianity alone emphasizes blood: Jesus’ blood on the cross. It is taught that he himself was life. We understand that until we drink his blood and eat his flesh, there is no life. Christians believe that, don’t they? They say that unless we have love, we are dead; we have no life. Although we are alive, we are dead without love. Thus we can see that Christianity is a true religion.

One alone cannot realize the ideal. Man and woman have to be together. Where love, life, and the blood connect together is the original ideal or root point. That is the clear teaching of Reverend Moon and the Unification Church. We can connect those original three. God originated center love, center life, and the center blood lineage. If we do not have blood, then we cannot leave offspring behind. Man’s and woman’s life mingle in the blood and then they bear a child, new life. This is love and life acting together. This is the unified subject and object, the parents, centering on love, connecting to the child. This is the force of life. This is the origin. We see here cause and result. Do you understand? They connect as one system.

“I am of a pure lineage; I have pure life; pure love” Think that way all the time.

Life should travel, love should travel, even the blood should travel this path. There is only one spouse and only one path. If a woman came into contact with three different men and a child was conceived, would you know whose child it was? That is not possible. If another man touches her, that causes confusion, bad results. If you touch a woman’s bosom, that should be the last and only woman you ever touch in your whole life. The universe does not permit adultery. Why? Because of this principle. Life, love, and blood are connected and are one and there is only one path. If we call sexual “freedom” being free, that is the wrong idea. That kind of freedom has no center.

Those Blessed couples who were engaged by Father but who broke up their marriage-what are you going to do? What are you going to become? When you deny your husband or wife, your ancestors will come and kick you. You are not worthy; this is not where you belong. They will really blame you for not doing right, whether you know it or not. Father’s main mission is to put an end to complicated love relationships. This is what Father is destined to do. The members of the Unification Church should be in the position to help Father set the lineage straight, not waver around.

Father asks you a question: do you want one parent or several? Would you like to have two or three mothers? If you think you would have more enjoyment out of more men, it is the same thing. If you had more than one mother or more than one father, would you then get more love? Is it like money-the more you have the better? No. You cannot replace your own flesh and blood. If we deny our parents or our spouse, we cannot move freely. Those are absolute, definite relationships. They cannot change. Those things are related to the center and the center cannot change. Otherwise, there is no ideal .

Whenever they go to different countries, American men seduce women and think nothing of it. They think this is the way men are meant to be. This brings great harm. That is the worst thing you can do. If American young people were acting the right way, we wouldn’t hear the cry, “Yankee, go home!” so often. If you violate these kinds of eternal, ideal formulas, naturally, everywhere you go, people turn against you. The most righteous way is to honor and center upon this point: respecting the grandparents, the parents, the man and the woman, the children, the siblings. Everyone should respect the center position. Humankind cannot deny this ideal center point.

To restore that ideal center position is the Unification Church’s purpose. That is the pride of the Unification Church. Satan doesn’t like that at all. From that center point, our humanity can be completed.

Let’s look for what else is important. Let’s take power as an example. If we have true love, would anyone want to trade that for power? No, nor would they want to trade it for money. Whether you have money or not doesn’t matter. We have to be absolutely confident about what is needed most. You must have absolute confidence and go forward toward your messiahship.

Messiahship is the parents’ love, the love of husband and wife, and family love. “I have True Parents here. I have a true husband here. I have true children here. I have everything.” That is the highest point for a man to achieve. Then you have everything. How proud of that we can be! Both man and woman can occupy this position, the center of true love. Woman is one hemisphere and man is another. If they make that center of true love together, how much happiness that is.

With these contents, should we be proud of the Unification Church? (Yes.) Is not Unification thought and belief different from other churches? How can other churches save people? How wonderful this concept is! Can any outside religion compare to this? Is this a hopeful, fulfilling concept or is it empty? It contains everything. We can be proud of that kind of a concept. It will surpass all others. Sooner or later, understanding this, humanity will not be able to deny Reverend Moon; neither the Americans nor the Soviets nor the established churches. At that time, we will have a unified globe. It is a lifestyle, not a style of worship.

Do you like worshipping time? How about sitting on a hard floor? I knew Americans didn’t like that! Why do you do it? In the future we have to occupy the Eastern world. I teach that for your own sake. You don’t understand that. It may be difficult now, but compared to the future benefit you will receive, it is well worth it.

Those who have international marriages, raise your hands. Almost all of you. What would the average white person think, looking at so many white people raising their hands and looking so happy about it? Would they think that Reverend Moon had done well or would they think that he had messed things up by not preserving white blood? Horizontally, they might say it is bad, but vertically, we know that it is good and will prosper. The American white people do not know, but Reverend Moon knows how valuable the vertical is.

Where do you go to seek the most important purpose? You go to the true love center. There is no other place. Father began this way of life all by himself and taught it to many people. Now we have come along. Father is about to go over the hill of the age of 70.

Surprisingly, all the world is going in the direction Father desires. Now the world is coming into the Unification Church era. For the next ten years to come, Father will proudly proclaim and boast to the world how good the Unification Church is. Until now, the Unification Church has had a sort of crushed posture. Now it is different. Be proud of it. Sit up. Stand up and follow. Wherever we go, on the subways, on the trains, be proud of the Unification Church. In all the villages and towns and cities, we will put up the flag on the tallest flagpole.

No matter what your nationality is, as long as you own true love, that is what America wishes for. Father shed more tears, sweat, and blood for the sake of America than anyone else.

When a person educated in the Orient comes to America, they are really perplexed. They feel they cannot trust Americans. Americans have no roots, so they drift. It is very disconcerting. The Oriental members here are trying to help Americans put down roots in their own soil. Americans may have thought, “Why did Father bring the Korean and Japanese members here? Without them, we could do better. They are in the way.” Many thought like this at one time or another.

Some have complained, “I am an American; so why am I not the head or the center-at the forefront? I represent America; I’m an American. Why do the Japanese or Koreans get to be the leaders?” It is because Father had reservations about the Americans. When they became what they want to become, they might drift away. They have no root. Father knew this. Father is not dumb. Father could work much more easily, even becoming popular, if American members were the center of the American activities, but because Father loved America, because Americans could not do it themselves, Father did what he did.

Wherever God goes now, the world will go in His wake. What is your guess? Do you think God will stay in the Orient or will He stay in the Western world? Where will God’s dwelling place be? The coming of the Pacific Era has already been forecast, hasn’t it? Before this, it has been the era of the West. Everyone is now reaching that conclusion.

Father came here to lay a bridge so that all Western people, not only the members, could travel to the Orient in the right way. He made a highway. The Orient is the center, not the West. There is a higher population in the Orient. In the Orient, there are over 3 billion people. In the West, there are 800 million predominantly white people and 6.5 million black people. The human race is about at the five billion mark and the majority of them live in the Orient. Where should God go? (Laughter.) If Father’s goal is to save the world, he too has to go to the Orient. The object has to find the subject and come to him.

There is no thought here in the Western world comparable to Eastern thought. Western people are like big branches and leaves; they don’t care so much about the trunk, let alone the root. This is a really serious situation for a branch. This individualism has been very successful and they forgot about everything, thinking that they did not need roots, parents, or anything except themselves. I want to ask the Western people, are you becoming a real live branch? Do American people like leaves or branches? In the autumn time, all the leaves fall down from the branch. Leaves are like grasshoppers-they come and go.

Winter is coming to hit America. Then spring is coming. Who is making preparation for spring? Only Reverend Moon has the leaves, branches, trunk, and root. This is the mission of the Messiah. What will the Messiah bring on the earth? He will bring the spring world culture.

We are the branches. We must survive the winter. Look at the American, Western world. Until now, the winter cultural background, the communist one, has been dominating the media world. The Western world is autumn. The Eastern world is the summer cultural sphere. When we pass through the winter, there will be the springtime. After that, there will be a new culture which Reverend Moon is now cultivating. We will bear fruit.

The Western world has no direction, no valuable foundation. Everything was lost, therefore Reverend Moon came to connect them to that bridge to the East, to Korea. This bridge is their hope.

Moonies are a big sheet which you wrap things in! Father will give a big sheet to members in which they can wrap things up, like an Oriental bag, and bring in the spring cultural world.

Now we know a lot of things. Now you don’t need to be taught anymore; you can be a teacher on your own. When you do eventually cross that bridge and come to Korea, Father has to prepare to receive you-housing, land, blooming flowers-there are many things Father has to do in Korea! Should Father go to Korea and do that or should Father stay here with us forever and ever? (Korea! ) “Korea” sounds like “career”-your lifetime work is Korea! Korea equals career.

Those who welcome that, raise your hands. That means that since you don’t need Father anymore, you will take up the responsibility here in America instead of Father. We have grown up, so we can do this now; no problem. We haven’t tried it yet.

Be proud of the Unification teaching, which is true love. You can be proud of the fruits of Unificationism. What do you need the fruit for? You need it for planting seeds. The fruit is not for eating; it is to sow seeds with. The next generation will have more fruit. If we eat it now, they will have none.

Do you like apples or do you like the seeds? You need the appleseeds. A visitor wants the flesh of the fruit, but the owner wants the seed so that he can have more fruit in the future. Are you a visitor or an owner? Wherever you plant the seed, the same fruit will grow. Anyone can plant that seed which Father has, which we already have as a result of Father. Americans can sow the seeds as well as anyone else, but we can do even better because we are going to give fertilizer and water. Americans can do that and grow fruits here in America, without Father’s help. If you are a successful Tribal Messiah and seed and harvest many, Father will come here to America and bring you over to Korea! (Applause.)

American soil is not that fertile. Maybe Father will take the seed and plant it on the tundra in Russia, in the very cold place of Siberia. The white Russian people look like you. You are brothers; Cain and Abel. Father has to make peace and harmony between you. This is the providential, true way. Abel must sacrifice in order to save Cain. America must take that position. That is the Principled viewpoint. Then new fruits and flowers will blossom.

Those who say, “Yes, Father, we welcome that,” raise your hands. (Father jokes:) Let’s see who doesn’t raise his hand! (Laughter and thunderous applause as Father goes offstage.)

PINNACLE OF THE HEAVENLY UNIVERSE

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

December 1, 1989
Belvedere
Translator – Sang Kil Han

The Unification Church has a unique understanding about the universe, which we call “chunjoo.” By “chunjoo,” we mean the spiritual world and physical world together comprising the heavenly cosmos. This is different from any secular concept of the universe because it includes a clear understanding of the invisible world of spirit.

We know that the invisible spiritual world is very real. We also know that man is the bridge between the invisible world and the visible world. Because human beings have both a spiritual and a physical existence, only we can connect both those worlds; no other creature can do that.

Drawing a diagram of a human being, there is the upper part-sang-and the lower part-has. God also has a dual nature, just as human beings do.

Although there are many dots inside this square I am drawing, there is only one true center point. In a wheel, there is only one central axis point that will enable the wheel to turn smoothly. In a sphere, which area is top and which is bottom? Which way is up? In a sphere, the center point is the summit or pinnacle. Where is the top or summit of the United States? You could say that it is the city of Washington and the White House. What is the physically highest point on the earth? Of course, it is the highest mountain, but that is not the center of everything.

Which environment would you prefer: the flat plane, or the sphere? We like the sphere. Every one wants to be in a high position; no one wants to be low. Men and women alike share this ambition to be in the top position. Since we all want to dwell at the pinnacle of life, then we have to find the spherical world and the center point and remain there. That is truly the highest point. On the other hand, you could stay up on top of the mountain where the air is thin. Wouldn’t you prefer the center point?

Can a single man dwell at the center? No, he needs a woman there with him. Man and woman each have their own highest point. When a woman wants to be at the top, does that mean she wants to occupy the man’s place? No, she has her own high point. Perhaps you American women feel that you want to stay right up there where the man is, or even just a little higher. Where would the center be in that kind of relationship? It would be very confusing!

The law of the physical universe requires constant motion of a circular nature. The two opposing forces, centrifugal and centripetal, balance out this motion. As long as the center point is situated along the vertical line, there is no friction or contradiction. But if you center that line on the horizontal line, then the farther away you move from the center, the bigger the conflict becomes. Do you understand the meaning of this?

Man has only a vague idea of what he wants. He wants to be at the center, but he doesn’t know what or where that center is. This has been the reality for all of fallen humanity.

If you stand right at the center point, all people will be able to relate with you and respond to you. Women, just as men, want to be able to dwell at the summit point, the pinnacle. What will you do at that top point? Do you want to be there so you can eat five times a day rather than three? Or perhaps you want to be able to wear rings on every knuckle? Why do you desire that topmost position? You want to be on the top so that you can meet other people, men and women. Does that sound correct to you?

When is the age of peak physical condition for men and women? It is after puberty, at approximately 21 years old. By the time a person reaches that point, he or she is at the apex of his physical life. From there, we cannot go any higher physically. At that point, what do women care about most? Yes, women are seeking men. At that time, she doesn’t care about any other woman, including her own mother. If her mother tries to tell her something or give her advice, she will reply, “Oh, Mother!” She virtually ignores her mother and her sisters and other women, but when her father gives her some advice, she listens. The same is true of the older brother. When her brother or father strongly tell her something, she is compelled to listen, even if it is not something she wishes to hear.

The image of the Oriental father is very strict. When children approach their father to speak to him, they are supposed to be very humble. This is quite different from the American family. To the Oriental children, their father is like God, so if they say the wrong thing, they expect lightning to be hurled down upon them. However, that father is also soft as a sponge in his treatment of his daughter-in-law. She can do or say virtually anything to her father-in-law because of their love.

Man and woman go around and around in search of the opposite sex. Man needs woman, just as woman needs man. If you don’t want to stop but to move eternally, then you must have this giving and receiving relationship, with the man pushing the woman, then vice versa. You are each moving as individuals, but also helping to push each other. On this side, we pull; on the other side, we push. That is the force which makes you turn forever and ever. For whom do you do that pushing and pulling? It is for your partner, your spouse. By pulling and pushing your partner, you also move. Do you understand that relationship?

You all want to embrace the whole world, isn’t that correct? You don’t want to be stuck in just a small segment of the world. Therefore, you have to act upon the world. You have to pull and push the whole world. The universe wants to see the man or woman who pushes and pulls it most strongly. We must not become tired and weak. We have to work with all of our might, giving every ounce of energy.

Do people do something because some leader stands in a high place and commands them, “Now you pull, you move, you push”? Nothing and nobody would move because of that. The center person must initiate action himself. Through that initiation, others respond and move. Between man and woman, who tends to be the initiator of action? It is man because he is in the subject position. One thing American women don’t seem to like is the idea of the man being the subject. They constantly question that.

When you wake up on the first morning of each month, you feel a desire to come to Belvedere. I must be pulling you very hard. While you are here, I move you. By the time you are ready to go back home, I have to spin and push you so that you feel a lot of enthusiasm. Somebody has to give you that push. When you come here as an individual, you go out to embrace the family. If you come as a family, then you leave after the sermon to embrace the clan. When you come as a clan, then you want to go out to embrace the race and the nation.

You become bigger and bigger in radius, yet there is a limit to expansion. When there is no larger place to expand to, do you have to stop? The pivot position moves. The universe has a direction for its motion. It doesn’t just stand still and go around on the same point.

Is the man always subject to the woman? No, as their motion goes around and around and enough speed is gained, then the woman takes the position of subject. They can alternate. In a beautiful dance between a man and woman, they have to be harmonious. One will pull and the other will respond. Each moves together. We should have that kind of unity of motion.

The total population of the earth is about five billion. A baby is being born somewhere every minute. Out of all the people alive right now, every one of them has his own claim, “This is the way things should be.” We all have our own way of doing things, our individual self-assertion. If they were trees and their opinions were little branches, like the shoots coming out of trees every spring, then all five billion people would have shoots running this way and that. How are you going to make harmony? Would everyone listen just because you commanded them? No. What are we going to do?

Look at Fifth Avenue at rush hour. Thousands of people crowd the sidewalks, hurrying to get to their jobs. But look at those sidewalks in the middle of the night: they are virtually deserted. Where do all the people go? They go home. When someone finishes a day’s work and goes home, does he expect to encounter conflict? No, a person goes home expecting peace, rest and happiness. He only goes to his home because it is someplace agreeable.

What force is making us go where we want to go and do what we want to do? What is the bait? It is love. The mother is hooked on the father’s bait; the father is hooked on the mother’s bait. The child is hooked on the parents’ bait, and parents are hooked on the children’s bait. Does that mean they all go their separate ways? No. They pull on each other. In such a home, you can fall asleep with your mouth wide open and nobody cares if you make noisy sounds. Only if you are happy can you sleep like that. No matter how loudly a man may snore, he will be accepted in his home. His wife says, “He is really snoring tonight. He must be very tired from working so hard.” The children also feel that way.

You want a happy home in which the children come up to the parents and pat them on the cheek. That is the sort of pleasant thing that makes you want to go home. You are free and comfortable there. You take off your belt and necktie and relax. Whatever you may do, nobody minds. Is it ever possible in the outside world for a man and woman to be so casual in front of each other? No, but when the man and woman live together in true love, then it is acceptable.

Who has true love? Only a true man and true woman have true love. No one else has it. When you reach that point of true love, everything is liberated. even to the deepest valley. In the democratic world, “freedom” is the greatest virtue, the highest dream. Yet, what is freedom, really? Think about it. Can a man on the street just reach out and grab some woman walking by because he feels like doing it? No, of course not. Well, he might claim his right to freedom. “Why can’t I do whatever I feel like doing,” he might ask. Freedom alone cannot liberate people. With unrestrained freedom, you can destroy others.

What, then, can truly liberate man and woman? It is only true love. There are two different kinds of love. One says, “You please me and do what I want,” while the other says, “I will please you and do what you want.” Which is the way of true love? “I will do for you” is the way of true love and also the way of liberation.

What entity causes Fifth Avenue to empty out at midnight? Is it freedom, or what? Why do we go back home every single night? You are free, so why do you go home? Imagine if a wife waits for her husband at night but he doesn’t return. Then she would become very distressed. Is that liberation? That is chaos, confusion, and something which nobody actually wants.

Freedom is good but only if it is centered upon love. Love is always looking out for the other first, not for oneself. Thus freedom to serve other people, including one’s spouse, is the only way to achieve true liberation. Can you come up with a better explanation for liberty? Americans love to say that they are pursuing freedom. Are we Unificationists going after true freedom, or are they? The so-called freedom we observe in society is bringing people to destruction. We are seeing that now. Freedom centered on the individual belongs to Satan, not God. In the world of justice, that which is bad and evil must go down to hell.

Freedom is a necessary element of our life, but when God bestowed freedom upon us, it was freedom centered upon unselfish love. He didn’t intend to see self-centered, loveless freedom. That doesn’t fit into God’s way of thinking.

The more we live for the sake of others, the higher we go up. Why is that? All the beings of the cosmos are pulling you upward; everybody supports you when you are living for their sake. But if you are self-centered, nobody supports you. You just keep going down. So motivation makes a big difference. If you do something for your own selfish, greedy purposes, you will be accused later and perhaps even be put in jail. It is a shameful situation and you feel terrible. But if you do the same deed for the sake of other people, even though you may violate some law, you don’t feel any shame. You are just proud. Isn’t that true?

Look at the case of Reverend Moon. I worked hard for the sake of the world and made a great impact, and then I was put into jail. If I had been working solely for the sake of America and had been imprisoned, would that have been good? What if I had been working only for myself and had been put into jail-would that have been better or worse? However, there is no shame involved when a person has dedicated himself for the sake of the world. This is true for anyone.

Who is following whom-the one who puts the righteous man into jail, or that righteous man who is put into jail? The jailer will eventually have to follow the righteous man. If I was imprisoned because of something wrong I did for my own sake, then there would have been great shame. But when a person is working unselfishly, then jail really does not matter to him. In the present time, virtually no one gets himself incarcerated for the sake of other people.

Daytime always turns to dusk and then to the night. When this secular world loses the daylight and turns toward dusk and darkness, it will have no place to rest. When the Unification Church, which is now starting to shine in the light of dawn, comes to its mid-day, full of sunshine and illuminating everything around it, where will the world go? When that bright light comes and dispels the darkness, there will be no place to hide. The only way bad people can survive will be to obey the truth. They will say, “I will listen to God and follow His commandments, no matter what.” We all understand that indemnity is a heavenly law, not a man-made law. Unless one pays indemnity, his errors and bad deeds cannot be corrected.

When God’s messenger gives a direction to someone who has been living in error, should that person obey without complaint? Why should he? Everybody wants to be in the position of goodness; anyone who has been living wrongly and then wants to turn toward goodness must indemnify his error. Obedience is paying indemnity.

Please engrave this point in your mind: Freedom centered upon oneself is really a living hell, the palace of the kingdom of hell. But freedom for the sake of other people is the palace of heaven. That is where we find absolute freedom. The other direction, self-centered freedom, results in absolute loss of freedom. But most people are still ignorant of this point, and that is why so many make mistakes.

Imagine a typical New York street without any traffic lights. All the cars are trying to get where they need to go, but no movement is possible because of the jam. Therefore, some rules and traffic policemen are needed. The same point is true in the realm of human love.

If any man, including myself, reached out and struck a woman whom he didn’t know on the head, she would be indignant. But when I tap one of the women here on the head, she is happy, thrilled to experience a truly unselfish touch. The same action can have a world of difference-one is without love, and the other is with love.

Everybody likes to talk about freedom, but the only freedom which is really successful is that taught by Reverend Moon. I am teaching you how to find true liberation, not the false way of the world which only binds people deeper and deeper with its fetters. True freedom means orderliness, and its results will always be good. On the other hand, when false freedom does something, good results cannot come. This is the law of multiplication of goodness. Goodness bears more goodness, and so on.

What about the situation in the communist countries? They, too, are ignorant of the nature of true freedom. They know how to speak about freedom, yet a tiny minority has dictated what everybody else must do. That tiny minority is not working for the sake of the people and thus they are not producing good results. Everyone is miserable.

Suppose I told you, “Live in one small place for a whole year.” If it was a very nice, spacious home, full of all the most convenient modern appliances, wouldn’t that be nice? But what if it was devoid of love? Or suppose there was some love, but not lasting, true love. Perhaps it was one-night love or one-week love. Do you American women like such short-lived love? After one year of love between two people, perhaps they will start fighting as if to unwind that love. What kind of love would that be?

The Chinese are very different from the restless Americans. The Chinese are like a big wave in the ocean. Tolerance and making way for others is their characteristic. Whatever someone wants to do or believe, that’s okay. Americans, on the other hand, tend to be very sensitive and nervous. With such a nature, do you think many of them can go to heaven? What about the insensitive and dull Chinese? Can many of them go to heaven? Why do

you say yes? Imagine the nature of God-it is like the Chinese personality in this respect. No matter what insults or misdeeds we do to God, He doesn’t react. Even when people declare, “God is dead!” He doesn’t retaliate.

Don’t you wonder what makes the Chinese the way they are, and their nation the way it is? Chinese people have received a type of education which the Western world doesn’t understand: Confucianism. Confucius, philosophy is conceptual, and doesn’t bring about results right away, something which Americans don’t like. This philosophy has dominated Chinese life for thousands of years. Chinese thinkers know what China will be like in another thousand years. Since they know what to expect, they don’t have to be jittery or sensitive. The Chinese person may look dull, but he isn’t.

The Chinese may dress in a humble or dingy way and be scorned by the Western world, but they have their own opinions about the West. They say, “You may be happy and bright right now, jumping all around like a fish on a hook, but you are only going to last for a short time and I know it. We, on the other hand, know where we are going. This really sums up the Chinese attitude.

If Unification Church members move into China, who will become assimilated by whom? Would China swallow the Unification Church, or the other way around? Suppose there are three Americans sharing one room, in the middle of which is the honey bucket-another word for toilet which doesn’t flush. Would you be able to live happily in that room year after year? Perhaps you would spend all your time trying to find one spot in the room which didn’t stink, thereby becoming exhausted. Americans can’t cope with such a situation because they don’t have any root. They can’t use their waste. On the other hand, when the Chinese encounter smelly waste products, they can put them to good use and grow stronger from that. In the end, who will become the winner-the Chinese who don’t mind bad smells, or the rootless Americans who can’t tolerate the odor of human waste for a second? Yes, the Chinese would be the winners because they have that deep root.

Any plant or vegetation without deep roots cannot survive a severe winter. Americans have never experienced real winter. What do I mean by winter? The Western civilization is now in the midst of autumn, sliding downward toward darkness, the wintertime of their history. In order to survive the winter, we need two things: a deep root and seeds which can bring forth new life. If you have both a root and a good seed, that is the ideal, but you must have at least one of those. How about you- do you have one or both?

Has each of you developed such a strong, deep root that no one can unearth you? Is your root so deep that nothing can pull you away, including the tremendous power of satanic love? When a plant has a strong root, someone can walk by and cut it in half and it will grow back. What if someone digs down and cuts out half of the root? It will still grow back. No matter what Satan might do to you, through God you can grow back. Even if Satan comes and attacks you many times, cutting off your branches and taking out some of your roots, do you have enough of a root to grow back? Do you really?

If you join the Unification Church and don’t grow a deep root, you won’t stay. I was in Germany when the U.S. government indicted me. Did I run away from the United States, or return and face this government’s accusation? I confronted this country. Who fell down after that confrontation, Reverend Moon or the United States? You can see that it was the United States. If I had evaded that confrontation, the Unification Church could not have survived. You wouldn’t be here this morning, would you? In fact, this Belvedere estate would have become little better than a pile of ashes, instead of the flourishing garden it is today.

The United States government was telling me, “Reverend Moon, stay away from here or we will put you into jail.,, They didn’t know me very well. The United States has been enjoying the heights of prosperity, but now it is beginning its decline, along with the rest of Western civilization, and is heading toward its evening time.

The United States must change its attitude and say, “So far, we have only been living and prospering for our own sake. Now we are going to live for the sake of the world.” That is the only way America can survive. Otherwise, this nation will flow away into the stream of past history. Do you understand this point?

What kind of a root and seed do you want? How about a diamond root? You women like diamonds, don’t you? How about a root and seed of money, power, or knowledge? You want a true love root and seed. When true love is at the center, everything around it is fulfilled.

I spoke about the place you can rest for one year, but where is the place you can rest for ten years? It must be closer to the center of true love. Does anybody want to live ten years happily in one place and then go away? No, everyone wants to continue to live happily. Perhaps there are Americans who think that, since marriage is a happy state, they will get married five times in order to be five times happier. Does anyone think like that?

Some man might feel, “My wife is a very wonderful woman, but how can I live with her, looking at only her and loving only her, for the rest of my life and beyond, into eternity?” Do you say you want to enjoy variety and see many different faces? True love is really the magic maker. Even though your wife has only one face, with true love she will show a million different faces to you. You may think you are familiar with her fragrance, but that fragrance will last for millions of years, becoming sweeter and better all the time.

When you see older couples, you may think, “They are old and washed up,” but that is not the case at all. With their wrinkles and bony bodies, they can taste a unique love at their age. How many years do you want to live happily? For ten, a hundred, ten thousand, or forever? If true love gets into you, it just keeps on going deeper and deeper toward the heart. How interesting it is. You want to touch your beloved’s nose, eyes, every place. True love is forever.

There is no secular power which can truly take care of the world’s situation-not military power, governmental authority, wealth or knowledge. Nothing like that is adequate. There is only one thing which can take care of everything, and that is true love.

What is true love? It is the love which is always situated in the center. We might call it center love. Other kinds of love are what we might call half love, crescent love, or square love, but they are never true love. So true love is center love. The point where the vertical and horizontal love cross is the center.

The center point of a circle is equal in distance from all points on the outside of the circle. A globe has three dimensions, so the front and rear distance to the center must also be the same. If you are sitting at the center point of the universe, then you are a part of everything. You have heard of the omnipresence of God-that is the meaning.

Where is our life? It is at the junction of the vertical and horizontal points. Where is your love? Where is your root, your lineage, your bloodline? For us to continue to live. we must have blood or lineage. Lineage means the blood flowing from one generation to the next. Why should we love our country and all other people? It is because we are connected to them through our lineage. We have the same root and the same trunk, flower and fruit. We are all from one tree. Many nutrients flow to different parts of the same tree depending on where they are needed.

Where is love’s dwelling place? Don’t forget that it is at the center point, the junction of the vertical, horizontal, and also the rear-front dimension. Love wants to dwell there forever.

Do you have that kind of vertical/horizontal connection point? What is your vertical connection point? It is your mind, your heart. Until now, no one in history has really understood the mind. No one can explain clearly what is the mind. But now you can proclaim, “My mind is my vertical connection point.” What is your body? It is your horizontal connection point. How can you connect the two at the ideal place? They have to come together at the perfect 90 degree angle.

Sometimes the connection point between a person’s mind and body is zero degrees! Or maybe it is 15 degrees, 70 degrees, or 180 degrees! There is too much variation in that angle among all the five billion people of the world. Wherever there is an imperfect angle of union between the vertical and horizontal lines, true love cannot dwell. But as soon as that angle is exactly 90 degrees, true love will be drawn there automatically. Once true love dwells in you, you can do anything. You can see everything. How can we learn about the mysterious vertical world of spirit? This is the Unificationists, homework.

You know yourself very well. What is the angle of junction between your mind and body? If your mind and body do not meet at right angles, you cannot dwell at the center point of love. Without understanding this point of center love, all human beings must be in one of the quarter points or quarter areas of love. Thus we have four major world religions. A person will have to belong to one of those four, rather than belonging right at the center. Surrounding the center point are representatives from Christianity, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Islam. A really good Christian will fight against himself all the time and be willing to die many times over for his faith. Then he will get closer and closer to the center point where man finally becomes one with God. When you reach there, then you spin and you know you are in the center.

Actually, this is not just a concept. The love of an individual is connected with the love of a clan, love of race, country, and world. There is absolutely no way the power of an individual can be connected to the power of a family, race, nation and world except through love. What makes this orderliness possible is love. Only love can connect the individual to the family level, to the national and cosmic level. Love is the essence of relationship.

What is a patriot? He or she is one who loves his country as much as his own parents, brethren, and spouse. What, then, is the definition of a saint? The saint is one whose love goes one sphere or level higher-he loves the world. Next we would describe a holy man or holy child of God. That is the one who can love the cosmos as his own family, his own country. The holy man must keep not only external law but also internal law. Being the highest center person, he will keep all laws.

Now you can understand deeply for the first time why you need your parents, why you need your spouse, and also why you need your children. It is in order to situate yourself in the true center. If you don’t have all these relationships, you cannot set your direction in the universe. That means you cannot stay in the center. Once you move out of the center place, you will go astray and wander around.

If a woman loses her husband, she is sorrowful. What makes her so sad? If you asked this question of a doctor or scientist, he would probably try to explain it in analytical, perhaps even chemical terms. But such a person doesn’t know what he is talking about. You, however, know how to answer that question. Universal law rejects anything that is irregular or unqualified. Thus we feel sad if we lose our spouse because we cannot stay where we want to stay.

When we are dwelling at the center place, the universe wants to protect and embrace us. You are truly secure there. But if you are lacking one essential point of relationship, then you will be rejected and pushed away that much. If you are lacking two elements, then you are pushed that much further away. Why do people experience disease and physical maladies? Disease occurs when you lack protection from the universe.

All family members are meant to go to the spirit world and live together forever. That world is unchanging. Can you deny your children there? Can you deny your brothers and sisters? No, you

cannot change that relationship. By the same token, you cannot change the husband and wife relationship in the spirit world. Some people have left their spouse and children and divorced. Once they go to the spirit world, do you think they can be happy there? How about children-do you think they will be happy without the parents? The children who do not have parents in spirit world are rejected by the universe, so they are miserable. So are people who divorced their spouse and disowned their children. This is why everyone longs for his original parents-the parents who gave him physical life.

Man represents half of the sphere and women represents the other half. In the vertical relationship, man is the upper hemisphere and woman is the lower. All elements connect right here

parents, children, husband and wife-all meet in one place. That is the nucleus of the family. Original true love started at the center point, the original center point of life, love, and the blood lineage.

When a young person reaches puberty, everything is exciting and stimulating to him. Just one blade of grass can fill him with wonder. The chirping of birds, the fluttering of butterflies, everything is interesting and wonderful. Nothing seems dirty or beneath discovery. Even if he is buried up to his chest in mud, it doesn’t seem unpleasant. He wants to touch it and make it part of him.

When a man and woman start to embrace, they open their arms at the widest angle. Every being wants to be with them, to be a part of their embrace. That is why they are happy. When you get married, everything in the universe is a part of that relationship. God is represented, man and woman, and all of heaven and earth meet at the center love point. The ideal marriage of true love is when the husband and wife become one and never separate. They will become the center of the universe.

Let’s imagine a woman, accustomed to her perfumes and cosmetics, whose husband comes home from work with dirty, smelly feet. What a contrast of smells to come to her nose! When your husband’s smelly feet are not too offensive to you, then you are in love. That is the power of love.

This true couple will form a tremendous low pressure, and then, like thunder and lighting, discharge electricity. You will rise up, recharge and discharge, like inhaling and exhaling, shrinking and expanding. While you do this, do you become slightly smaller or larger? You become ever larger. Gradually your love will occupy the whole universe.

Once they understand marriage from this perspective, does anybody want to separate or divorce? You women are very imaginative, so stretch your mind: what do you want true love to do? You have thousands of strands of hair on your head. Suppose one hair stood up and grew faster, all by itself. That would be a very independent hair. You would want to grow that one strand of very independent, unique hair and you would be proud of it. Don’t you think it would be proud of itself, too? It’s one of a kind. Then you would say, “You resemble me, hair. How ambitious you are.”

Just like that one strand of hair, one of the thousands in your head, your spouse becomes the mainstay for your life. Out of billions of people, you have one spouse who becomes your anchor line to the universe. This is a cosmic encounter. Why is it cosmic? This kind of true couple will form the right angle to set the cosmos in the true direction. Marriage is for the sake of the universe. To realize the universal ideal we get married-that’s another meaning of marriage. It’s not for the woman or for the man. It is so that they can follow the public law of the universe.

Marriage is very important, isn’t it? Through marriage, new individuals come into the world. If there were no love or marriage, there would be no more human beings after several years, right? Clans, countries and the world itself come into being. Heaven itself will eventually come out of the small marriage unit. The foundation of the Kingdom of Heaven is marriage, the means of production of heavenly people.

What is the switch that starts up the machine to manufacture new products? In order to complete a circuit, you need two parts. To turn on the switch you need both man and woman. Do you think the contact point of that switch is on your fingertip? Where is the central contact point? Is it on your legs, hips or head? It is at the most hidden, secret place, your precious reproductive organs. Do the woman’s sexual organs belong to herself? Who is the real owner of her reproductive organs? It is her husband, her one true husband. By the same token, who is the true owner of the man’s sexual organ? It is his wife.

Thus the originating point of love is at the same place-not the head, mouth, or elsewhere. That original love fountain is the foundation for all love.

How precious are the sexual organs. When love is aroused within man and women, where do they connect? In that place. That most holy, sacred fountain was misused and corrupted by Satan. That is the original fountain of the family, tribe, nation and world. Do you understand?

Fallen woman does not know how to behave. When she walks, she shakes her hips seductively. Do you think that is God-centered action, or does that please Satan? Yes, Satan inspires the kind of woman who has no pride or dignity. But you Unification women are different. You say, “I will preserve love’s fountain place. I will protect the foundation of true love and life.” You know very well that that is the place of true love, the one place we cannot misuse.

When the parents’ love breaks up, the whole family system breaks up. That means people are saying, “I don’t need my parents or my ancestors, brothers and sisters, or children.” That is the worst attitude, one which has no place in this universe. According to this, how would you judge the American family system and society? Is it heaven or hell? In many cases, it is even lower than the bottom of hell. How can we save America from the bottom of hell? How can we clean it up? This is the project, the homework of Reverend Moon and the Unification Church. Is that going to be an easy task? How difficult is it? If you make just one mistake and misuse your love one time, it is very difficult to clear up. If it is that difficult for one person, how terribly difficult to clear up an entire nation fallen into misuse of love! What a difficult situation this country is in.

Who will clean up the evils of this world-God’s side, or Satan’s side? Only God’s side can do that. Yet, look at the established churches. They are not able to deal with the world. What about the Unification Church? This world is like a big rock rolling down from the top of the mountain, crushing everything in its path. What sort of power can stop this free-falling world? We need something greater than natural power. But now, God, the Unification Church and Reverend Moon do not have what we need. We need a unified nation of the world. Satan’s side wants to see hundreds of nations in conflict around the world, but God wants only one unified nation of the world.

Who can save this earth? Until now, Satan’s power has been shooting at the efforts of Reverend Moon on a daily basis. Look at the situation today: the free world has no more hope; the communist

world has lost hope, too. The only hopeful place is with Reverend Moon. It is time for the world to come to that realization. Reverend Moon is only one man with relatively few followers, so how can we break the free fall of the world’s situation? Given the tremendous power of Satan’s side and our small numbers, how can we bring victory?

If we are going to influence a thousand people, it will take a tremendous amount of energy. How can we influence even larger numbers of people? What sort of power can we use? There is only one source which we can tap, the power of love. That means we must exhibit sacrificial love. Only by our own total self-dedication can we influence this world. Since God cannot manifest Himself, He always sends the person and group, according to the time, who can show the example of sacrificing. That is the way to move millions of people at one time. That has always been God’s way.

My sermon this morning is entitled “The Pinnacle of the Heavenly Universe.” Where is that pinnacle, that top of the universe? It is right here within our family, with our eternal parents, our children, our brethren. Just as we love them, we also love our country and our world.

Think of yourself as the archpriest of love. You are going to love your spouse, who represents the whole universe. Think of your parents as representatives of the whole world’s parents; you represent the world’s parents to your own children. You should think, “My son is the arch-son; my daughter is the arch-daughter, representing the whole world of women.”

When we have enough of those original families, then there will be a flowing spring, enough to fill the earth. The true couples are the beginning point. The eternal geography of a town may remain the same, but its spiritual fragrance will change. It will become an entirely different place. People of the town will look at your families and ask, “What sort of power do you have? How can you form such a beautiful family in this society?” The people of the whole world will want to see you. They will all proclaim, “How wonderful is this family!”

That will push God to an even higher pinnacle; the world itself will be elevated to a higher place. That is the highest pinnacle of the heavenly universe. That is where love is, where life started and the blood lineage began. The main trunk of this life, love and lineage pass through your family.

Even though they do it out of ignorance, can we tolerate the schools teaching children how to experience love and giving them sex education? Should we leave that alone, or should we wipe it out? You, too, were ignorant before, weren’t you? But you cut away from that fallen root and grafted yourself onto the new root of life, didn’t you? Now, our task is to do the same for others.

What do you suppose I was like in my own youth? Was I a very ordinary person, or did I stand out from the crowd? Yes, I stood out. If you women had been eligible for the Blessing at that time and I had asked you to marry me, would all of you have scrambled to say yes, or not? Suppose you had said, “No matter what, I will cling to Father. I will not let him go. He has to choose me.” But then if you were not chosen, would you have hated me and the woman I did choose? You American women, your virtue is frankness, so answer my question. You have to praise what happened. That is the way history took its course. If someone lingers in resentment, like lingering in the past, her next generation cannot survive.

Suppose one woman could not accept the fact that I did not choose her as my spouse, and she just could not get over her sadness. Suppose she wept all the time, and I tolerated her for a while, but then I finally reprimanded her mercilessly. What is love, then? At that time, merciless reprimand would be love, rather than just unending sympathy. She, too, must find her right position and situate herself in the realm of true love.

Do you women stay home while your husbands are out working hard for the sake of the world? Then when your husband comes home tired and skinny from not eating, do you start complaining to him? “Why don’t you talk to me and keep me company?” True love doesn’t want to stay in that kind of miserable place. You have to know that, especially you American women. Now you know a lot of things!

As members of the family, we must protect and keep the true family intact. That means every day we must be praising each other-parents praising their children; husband praising his wife; wife praising her husband; children praising their parents; brothers and sisters praising each other. This love organization must be preserved.

The three elements of the love organization-life, love, and lineage are centered within the sexual organs of man and woman. Do you understand? You must protect that most sacred place. Misusing that love place only one time means you immediately damage all those three elements.

You must never misuse your love. Don’t misuse your lips by kissing impurely. Don’t touch anyone except your own archpriest and priestess of love- there is only one for each man or woman, not two. Otherwise, you have to lock yourself into an iron girdle and give the key only to your true spouse. Do you understand?

You may have wondered where is the pinnacle of the heavenly universe. But now you know-it is within you, within your family. Your own children will say to you men, “Father, you are the greatest being in the universe.” We have to get that kind of respectful comment. Your wife should also be regarded as greater than the queen of the universe by your children. Each couple must be so highly regarded by their own children. Then the parents should be able to have pride in the children. That is because each of you occupies the highest place in the heavenly universe. There is absolutely no place in the Unification Church family for a husband to belittle his wife, a wife to belittle her husband, or the parents to treat the children inconsiderately.

I came to this earth to correct the world’s situation and to establish this true family pattern to prevail for the rest of eternity. This is my purpose of being here on earth. Amen!

Those who are blessed couples, please raise your hands. Have you made the family which is worthy of inheriting all the tradition of heaven and earth? Several of my own children have started their families, and many of you, too, have children. After that, what should we have? The family is the basic unit, but we do not have a nation or a world which we can call God’s. What are we going to do? Are we going to destroy the unrighteous world? No, we must build up the altar of love and sacrifice in order to save that world.

Our family is the altar, our life is the sacrifice. In that way, we save our clans. Every day, you are making an offering ceremony with your own family. By living this way, you will automatically extend your influence for God’s sake. Others will be drawn to you and you will be able to teach them. You can talk to people and teach them, point by point, how to find true happiness. You can teach them about the original ideal for the world, pointing out how bad this world has become and how unhappy are the families and societies of this world because of Satan’s influence. Then you can teach them how to get Satan out of their life, out of this world. Explain that the world cannot save itself; it must receive the words of truth.

The sacrificial way is talking every day, laughing every day, touching every day, centered on true love. Once someone is touched by true love, they never want to be separated from it. Everyone’s original mind wants to touch and be connected with true love. We are constantly making sacrifice, burning the incense of love. This is the Unification Church way of life. That sweet smell of incense will attract the people around you. In that way, we are expanding and multiplying our Unification way. Do you understand?

I am doing the same thing every day. I came to the United States 15 years ago, and nobody here knew me. I was only one man, but I built an altar and burned the incense of love. The American nose didn’t like that smell. I didn’t stay in one place but went around the countryside, making noise and commotion wherever I went. People in every part of this country heard about Reverend Moon. Many Americans wanted me to leave. Your own relatives and parents didn’t like me. Even so, I persevered and continued to stir things up.

Four seasons of the Unification Church have now passed by-spring, summer, autumn and winter. Winter was the time when we experienced the worst persecution from the outside world. That includes the time when I was put into Danbury prison. Americans have been full of self-confidence, smugly saying, “We are good, but the Unification Church is going the opposite way from us. Let’s drink champagne to toast ourselves.’, However, they are celebrating Satan’s side.

Once the winter time is past, what is the next season? Not autumn but spring. That is the natural way. Now that we are in the spring season, we are seeing many new things. Green is everywhere. We no longer face persecution. People say, “Look at how beautiful the Unification garden is, with its lovely green plants and big, fragrant flowers. Look at that!” Then when we start bearing fruit, it is even more sweet and lovely. Many non-members are now testifying to the Unification Church. They are giving better testimony than you!

In two years, we are going to hold our New World Cultural Festival. People will say, “How wonderful is the Unification Church. How wonderful are the blessed couples! Aren’t you wonderful? You are so great, so beautiful, such wonderful couples! So, are you happy?

Now the Unification Church has everything except a nation. We have true parents, true children, true tribes, but not a true nation. How can we save our country? Always Satan has been occupying the nations. We have to take back our nation. That is our mission, our project.

What do you think? In the ideal world, will we be the same color or different colors? The love color is one color, the love race is everything and everyone. That’s true. The love race includes white people, black people, yellow people, everybody. Centered on love, we don’t separate according to race; unified, we share one family love throughout the world. With that kind of center, God will be here.

We love our family and we know how important that is. Now we have to turn our eyes to the country. Without the true country, our family is not going to be protected. After the country, the world itself must be loved and restored. When we have a whole world which is united, we can live eternally within our own family in peace and happiness, here and in the spirit world. This is our course.

Now the Berlin Wall has crumbled and East and West Germany are coming together. That is like the destruction of the wall around Jericho in the Bible. When I visited Europe, it was a symbolic visit by the president of Korea, as well. I am visiting America now, and soon I will return to Korea, making the firm connection. Once there was a heavy, closed door, but now it is swinging open. No one knows what is going to happen, what they should do, how to respond. The United States doesn’t know what they should do with the situation in Europe. Nobody knows what to expect from Europe in the future. However, I do know what to expect and I know what this country must do to support the changes and make them work.

This is a very interesting time in history. The United States, Russia, China, Europe, Korea, Japan-whoever listens to Reverend Moon and takes heed will determine their national prosperity in the future. That means if they listen clearly to my message and teaching, they will become the country of God, the true country which God can claim. Did you see that recent full-page advertisement regarding the Russian newspaper article? What did you think? The liberal media has opposed me and our movement, but ironically the communists have understood me. Now they have written this article, on behalf of all the world’s media people. The liberal Western newspaper people from now on, after looking at what is happening, will have to change. Will they come to Reverend Moon with a more arrogant attitude, or won’t they be humble and ask to listen to me now?

For Russia to change from one extreme to the other is more powerful than for the whole of America to turn around. What intelligence can Americans boast of if they are outdone by the Russians.

You may also have heard about what we are doing in China. We are building a huge automobile plant-the Panda Project-in continental China. It is beyond the drawing board; it is reality. General Motors, Ford, Toyota, Nissan, BMW every automotive company petitioned the Chinese government for this project, but they were all turned down. Who was accepted? Reverend Moon’s movement.

We have had a tug-of-war, a wrestling match with this world and now it is starting to move our way. More and more people are coming, wanting to learn about the Divine Principle. Who will be the first ones to teach the Principle Russia, the United States, Japan, Korea?

Should I go to the East or the West? Do Eastern people go East or West? They should go West, and Western people should go East. If Westerners go to the East ignorant of the culture, they will just be chased out. But if you go there, saying, “I am a follower of Reverend Moon, a member of the Unification Church, not a typical Westerner” you will be okay. The Koreans will say, “I understand. You are welcome.”

The academic world is very confused and chaotic now. They know Western civilization has passed its apex and that this is the beginning of the Eastern and Pacific era. But they don’t know how to go to the East and connect with the new era. They are beginning to realize that they have to follow Reverend Moon and hang onto him no matter what, and in that way they will have an entry to the East.

I am in the process of gathering people now. Some did not understand in the past and they rejected Reverend Moon, but now they have no place to go. They find themselves in a very difficult position. What about you? Even though you are sitting here in New York, are you really in America or in Korea? Why do you say Korea? Is it because you are sitting on the hard floor? In America, nobody does that. You have been connected with Korea for many years now. How many times did you sit on the floor? Ten years ago, you would rudely out your legs in front of you when you sat on the floor, but almost none of you does that any more. You should be extremely proud of the fact that you belong to the East and to True Parents now.

Pretty soon, it will take only three hours to fly to the Orient. Maybe there will be only one hour flying time, one hour taking off, and one hour landing. That will be supersonic transport. The world is within the realm of one day now. You can have breakfast in New York, lunch in Tokyo, and sleep in London. Imagine if you could fly around the world in 3 hours but then had to spend 3 hours clearing customs in the country of your destination! Nobody would want to visit a country like that.

Technology has now enabled us to send letters around the world in seconds. As I speak here, it could be heard simultaneously by people in every nation. A seven-day Divine Principle workshop could be given here in New York and telecast around the world. It only takes one good lecturer to reach the whole world!

Who will God bless-Americans, Koreans, Japanese? I have looked everywhere but no country is doing God’s work, only the Unification Church members. Why? You are the only breed which lives for the sake of other people. Everybody else in the world is living for their own sake, contrary to God’s will. There is no way except for the Unification Church members to prosper. This has to be the conclusion.

Those who do not understand something cannot teach it to others. This is a really serious reality today. The world is bound to learn about Reverend Moon, one way or the other, so this is the prime time for all Unification Church members. For a few more years, you will still have a chance to teach other people, but after that, you won’t be able to witness. People will start connecting to me directly. They will also connect to Korea. Where will America stand? If you cannot find anybody to take to Korea, you won’t be able to go, either, and you will be the last in line. Do you see? Who will you take with you to Korea?

You know, the Russians are very ambitious, even though they know how far behind the United States they are. They aren’t dumb. They know me very well. The newspaper says that the Russians know Reverend Moon better than the Americans do. What a shame. They were saying, “You know, Reverend Moon, if we printed the Divine Principle in Russian and just one time distributed it around our country, you wouldn’t believe the results! They would far surpass what you have done in the past 40 years. America will be no problem. The world and all its countries will be no problem.”

Where can you find knowledge about God, the world, and the future of mankind? There is other place but in the Unification Church. You were in Egypt and then you had to go out to Canaan. You have to take all your clan with you, right? Don’t be a straggler, don’t be left out. We have to bring our own physical father and mother, our siblings to the new country of Canaan. Let us march forward to the country of our hope. Amen!

Those who say, “I will go that way” please raise your hands. The question is, are you going to be seeking the easiest way, or are you going to be serious and painstaking? Why must you go the painful way? I had to work very, very hard to get the results I obtained. You, too, must work hard. You must dig down very deeply to plant the seeds of the next generation. From that, strong new plants will spring forth.

Therefore, I want to hear you say, “I will take on the hard work for God.” When you have this attitude, the Unification Church will never perish. The first generation of Israelites lost their perspective, and therefore they perished in the wilderness. At this time, the same thing will happen to you if you lose your willingness to take the hardest path. Do you understand? Let us pray.

LEADERS’ MEETING

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

East Garden Conference Center
November 28, 1989
Translator – Col. Sang Kil Han

Please be seated. (The Soviet newspaper clipping from translation is read. Several leaders make comments about their reactions to this.)

In one word, we have come into the era of parenthood and the love dispensation, as Father has proclaimed. Because of this age that we are in, that particular response was elicited. On the 30th of August and in September there was the proclamation of Heavenly Fatherism. These are all unmistakable signs of the transition of an age. Of course, there is no way for us to know. Father knows, however. Spirit world heeds Father’s proclamations very acutely and then goes in certain directions. This is a manifestation of that. Father knows, based on the law of indemnity, that these things will come about. Father had a definite idea that they would.

One example of this is when Father was in Danbury. Father told Dr. Kaplan to proclaim the decline of the Soviet empire in a formal meeting. Dr. Kaplan, as a scared American, came to Father and said, “How can you say that? It may happen-” but Father said, “No, it will happen. This is true. Do this.” Reverend Kwak came by and said, “He is not listening.” Father said, “What do you mean he is not listening? This is true! Tell him to do this!” A second time Dr. Kaplan came by and Father explained this, and then, half-scared, he agreed. “Okay, yes, I’ll do it. I believe in you.” Then he proclaimed it. Today he is so proud! No one else did it! He was like a prophet.

He said “Maybe, maybe” but Father said strongly “It will be.” Five years later, look at what is happening to the Soviet Empire. No one foresaw that but Father. Father knew the exact time that empire would perish. God knows everything. That is Father’s prophecy from spirit world. When Father speaks, not only spirit world but the physical world as well take the direction. Spirit world reinforces it. Whatever Father does, it is not only man’s undertaking. Unification Church members must know that. Whatever we hear Father saying, it is not just a human voice saying it. It is the voice of God and the contents are from God.

How can we make a unified world? Who knows how to do that? The American government wants to lead and have everything centered on the American viewpoint. The Soviets are the same way. They have been fighting each other and there has been much trouble in the world. In the future, how can we solve this problem and create world peace? Father thinks about that. He worked to bring the media world into oneness and to make a strong foundation with them, so that they can develop a world viewpoint about humankind. The media world covers every summit meeting. Father wanted to make that foundation, so Father had many high-level people from the media world and professors come together into oneness.

In the Washington area, we have a big media organization. Its purpose is to connect the world. We want the world of the media and the world of professors combined into one. Professors are not political people; they are righteous men. Combined with the media world, they can have a great influence. Politicians are a problem. They are often too business-oriented. They think about how can they make a world-sized business and are a bad influence on the media world. So we have professors leading those media people. After that, the media world will lead social education. From there, we can save and unify the concepts of the world.

We have media companies in Washington, Korea, and Japan. We are meeting all the high-level media people in many countries, including the Soviet Union. Our purpose is so that they will write in a righteous way to influence people. We are doing this to benefit the whole world.

God’s many purposes cross at one point. What point is that? World peace. World peace is the point of human history and God’s historical providence: How can we make world peace? No matter how strong America is, it is the media world who can truly influence world peace. This is Father’s perspective on the one unified world of peace.

Father is now doing the same thing for the Soviet media world that he has done for the media of the free world. Father has held a fact-finding tour for several years. They always toured the Soviet Union on their trip. People from six continents went there. From South America, Africa, Europe, North America, and Asia, Father sent many famous world media leaders to the Soviet Union and all over the world to do precise research on the real situation and to reveal the things the Soviets were hiding. Before that, the media’s influence on the world was bad.

The Soviet Embassy even protested and said that Reverend Moon was trying to establish a dictatorship in the media world! Finally, they said, “Please don’t that,” and tried to hold back on visas. Now things have changed and opened up and now the high-level media people of the free world are welcomed there as a world delegation.

This opened the gate. The only person who ever did a successful project like this was Reverend Moon.

Father proposed to the Soviet media world, “Why don’t you come to America? You will understand American culture and how the American people live. I will invite you.” At last, April 23, we had a media conference for them and twelve of them came here. They suggested to Father, “We will participate in a media conference in the United States sponsored by Reverend Moon.” We guided them everywhere. They went to the New York Times, the Washington Post, everywhere. They met many important people through our connections. They thought, “Oh, Reverend Moon is a powerful influence!” No matter how much they used their ambassadors, they could not connect with the important people we could connect them to. Reverend Moon, during just a few days, could connect them with no problem. They understood that. They said, “Oh, maybe Reverend Moon is the power behind Bush!” Every day, curious people were asking about Reverend Moon. Even the Americans were impressed and started repenting for not understanding how influential Father is, and how brave in opening up these barriers.

Reverend Moon opened up the Soviet closed system of press. All twelve of them came up with the same conclusions. They are very high level people in the Soviet Union. They have much information now. One of them is one of the world’s top photographers. They are researching. They made a videotape and wrote many articles. Father did not tell them what to write-Father told them just to write out their own opinions and they thought about it a lot. This is making history, do you understand?

America is so powerful, and they wanted to know all about American life, but they could see that American young people are becoming very corrupt. America cannot solve its own problems, let alone the problems of humanity. The only person who can do that, making a clear foundation, is Reverend Moon. They could see that if they follow in America’s footsteps, ultimately they will have those kinds of problems in the Soviet Union too. They are thinking about those kinds of things. The only protection against that is Reverend Moon’s thought. Do you understand?

They were really open to us. They understood Unification Thought and Divine Principle theory-everything was quite clear to them. They concluded that it was difficult to understand, however. We said we would translate it into Russian and they said they could make millions of copies to spread to all the Soviet people at one time and multiply it. That is very hopeful. They are talking about teaching it. For three hours Father talked to them. They received a strong push of spiritual power to teach this clearly in their own land. Now they are making some kind of beautiful videotape of their activities to send back to me in the near future. These are history-making events.

The world is in a complicated situation. England, France, and Italy do not want an independent, unified Germany. Why? Because it can become the strong, powerful, center of Europe again. Next month, Bush and Gorbachev are having a meeting (the summit at sea, off Malta). At that time, Bush should proclaim that America will help the Eastern bloc economically. From our viewpoint, a million dollars is not a problem. One billion is no problem. Even ten billion-if we gave that kind of money to help the world, they would all praise the American people. No matter how difficult the situation, we should help out the Eastern bloc. This is the destiny of the free world. If America combined with a unified Germany, it would automatically defeat Soviet influence.

There is only one way. Otherwise, the situation will be too difficult. The free world must be protected and that can only be done through unity and through uprooting Soviet power in Europe. Therefore, The Washington Times suggested to the American government certain courses of action, how they can secure the future. There were strong recommendations in it for Bush. If the Bush Administration listens, then they can completely vanquish the communist world from now on.

Now that East Germany has become like that, Czechoslovakia, Albania, Hungary, and Bulgaria will follow. If America will just give them a lot of economic aid and win their hearts, the future will be much better. When these countries tie up economically with trading rights with the Western bloc, then there will be a huge market. These satellite countries are trying to make independent economic systems. Then Russia would really have a difficult time to continue to connect with them. America should help that to happen. America should help them. All these countries will go along with the trend and it will be a strong current of its own for a new economic system. Russia will actually have no place to lean on. The Russian structure will be finished. This is what The Washington Times is strongly recommending.

This is really the time for great changes. There is no doubt in Father’s eyes that Gorbachev’s intention to open up is genuine. Americans are taking time to make absolutely sure, but time is wasting. We don’t have that kind of time. We have to just go for it. Father feels that Gorbachev is doing things right for the first time in a long time in the Soviet Union.

When Father visited Europe recently, Father felt that he had to turn the tide around decisively. America does not know enough so they don’t do what they should. No living human being on earth, in the political world or wherever, is thinking and acting like this. Father knows and is very confident.

Of course, Father has many, many avenues, many approaches that he can take. Through many people, he can talk to whoever is running a country. We have many famous professors in Europe and in other countries. We can connect them and have influence, for the sake of God’s providence.

We’ve learned a little bit of what Father has been doing. Now, Father says, that’s enough. We don’t have to know in detail. Detail is irrelevant. We already have our hands full. If Father speaks beyond that and then someone asks you a question, you might have to explain everything. Now all you have to say is, “Father said so.” How’s that?

We must have an awareness of how splendid a work The Washington Times is. It is a unique newspaper in the whole of the United States. It reveals the facts and is not self-interested. The goal is to publicize and record the facts. When the satellite countries try to go against the Soviet system, they have no way to gather enough material. The newspapers here in America are liberal and rather procommunist. They hardly even print anything against communism. However, The Washington Times, paying no attention to what other newspapers said, audaciously reported the facts. The satellite countries took that information as precious material with which to oppose Russia.

These satellite-based media gathered all their material through The Washington Times because without it, they have no source of correct information. 100% of the material that Radio Free Europe uses came from The Washington Times. In this respect, The Washington Times has really, truly played a great role in making today’s satellite countries what they are.

Within America, each different government department must understand what stance the media is taking. They have to make an analysis and a brief for each department and distribute this to all the different departments. They take material from the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Wall Street Journal, the Chicago Tribune and the Los Angeles Times-but The Washington Times provided by far the most crucial information. 65-75% of their quotations are from The Washington Times. Do you see what an important role The Washington Times played in providing the necessary information? This is used all throughout the U.S. embassy-not just in the American government, but everywhere in the world. We made a great foundation. Use it as your armament. Is that a good feeling or not? (Yes.)

Father made a cake; a feast; now all you have to do is sit up straight at it. You can’t even do that, Father says. The banquet table is all set. You should at least sit straight. Be courteous; have manners. At least you should know how to use a knife and fork! The only way you can be excused is if your mind is saturated with the idea of recovering a country for God-then maybe, you don’t have to be a gentleman. That is a gentleman. If you are like that, you don’t need a knife and fork. You are so busy working with your hands, you have to just eat with your mouth! God won’t mind your bad manners then because He knows your heart. Then in the future, He can give some important job to you.

Father can spend hour after hour, but he still cannot tell all. Father only shared a little bit with us. But to make a long story short, Father made that foundation and you’d better believe in it. To save time, Father summarizes:

The American Staff Meeting Instructions, November 28, 1989

I. The Changing Era for the New Dispensation; the New Era.

1. From 1990 to the Year 2000. What we should do in this last decade.

  1. First, solve the Korean question.
  2. The Japanese question.
  3. America’s problems
  4. Germany’s problems.

When we do right in God’s eyes, then there will be one country which God sees as adequate to be His own country and this country will emerge. The basis for that was when Father gave the international matching right after the 1988 Olympics and proclaimed the new era. Sequentially, the 3rd of October was the opening of a new heaven (literal translation from the Korean). That is the time of transition from the elder to the second one. The second one is now becoming the elder. At the end of that month, the 30th of October, was the international marriage between Japan and Korea, Eve and Adam took place. Satan could never have brought together the young people of those two nations. That is the Principled viewpoint. Father did that. That kind of foundation was based on the Korean Olympics.

The world leader position, which is Bush’s position, should settle the German problem of East and West Germany, how they can unify. Yet he cannot. Who can connect these two? Father. Those four countries combined will reveal our vertical foundation nation. This is the transition or changing to the new era.

II. The Second Generation Era and the College Campuses

The meaning of this is how to defend our second generation and the college campuses from the evils of drugs, free sex, alcohol abuse, etcetera.

America is in Cain’s position and its social problems are Cain’s, but the college campuses are Abel, the second generation. The rest of society is in the Cain position.

1. The Professor bodies (Faculties) and the student bodies.

Now in all countries, professors and students are clearly divided. As far as professors are concerned, they have no direction at all, whereas the young people, the students, are heavily influenced by communistic thought. Father took a long, long time in bringing Korean professors and students into one arena and into unity. Father is still educating them very elaborately. Now we see many guests visiting America to be influenced. How to bring unity between professors and college students is our project.

We are capable of providing them with the educational and religious basis and even political thought: this is the way to go. We know we can do that. We have that basis. This is a strong point of our church-our thought. So we have to bring this force up quietly and before everyone knows about it, form a student activity, like they are doing in a negative way. We will do positive, constructive activity to make the campuses more peaceful. The satanic side will educate young people and use them to demonstrate against and destroy the existing order, whereas we, the heavenly side, after educating them through conferences and get-togethers, will reconfirm unity and harmony.

All college campus activity should be under our auspices; we should provide the agenda; the direction. The new movement, the new attitude and direction, will emerge within the Unification Church and be carried onto the college campuses where it will be upgraded-taking an elevated form, being more mobile, more efficient.

If we do this in one decade from 1990 to the year 2000, then everything will fall into place. America’s direction, not only on the college campuses, but the social direction, will be clearly shown to people. Do you understand? When they turn from all the drugs and free sex and leftist politics and turn to go in the other direction-who will be there in the Abel direction, helping Cain? Abel will be there and Abel will become the first and Cain will become the last.

Up until now, society influenced the college campuses. In our era, this new era of the next decade to come, the college campuses should lead society. We can do that.

How is it that American society cannot do it properly, but college campuses can do it? Ordinary society does not have a traditional base. When they turn around, that’s the end of it; the end of what they have been doing. The colleges, the Abel has plenty of new traditions. This is why they can go on; not only can they go on but they can pull and influence society.

Even church organizations-our church too-should be forming churches in the college tradition. The church represents society. We must make a new tradition combined with the college tradition.

We will be the center or the master in the sense that we will lead the whole world through the college campuses. Not just one country, but the entire world.

1990 will be a really great transition time. The world will become a different one during the next ten years, up to the year 2000. Father will be 80 years of age. The year 2001 is the beginning of the 3rd millennium. That will be a new era.

Let us give up that elderly position we have been taking, without regret. Let us give that up and start anew. Do you follow?

“I am a state leader”-we’ve been saying, thinking, and acting like that-but now the state leader does not exist. Don’t take a privileged position. The young people are ahead of us now on the college campuses-they are the pacesetters. We have to pace ourselves through that.

It is very impressive to Father to observe the changes on the Korean campuses. The campuses have been full of unrest and uprising, but they have gotten very quiet since October and are going along in a very orderly way. Father is impressed. This Principle is really working.

In essence, Father turned around the student uprising in Korea. He is the one who held it in. Father did not lay on a hand, but Father spoke and gave a command and we did it. Father knows President Roh cannot do that. The campuses changed through spiritual power.

So, the second generation and the campus question-the solution to the problem is that we should lead both professors and college students with our ideas. We have to lead them.

We must make CARP activity into church activity. There are two heads. Of the two-the church head and the CARP head-who would be the real head? CARP or the church? CARP. The CARP leader will be the central leader over the church leader. How do you feel? Not so good?

These are not just Father’s words. We must make a new tradition. We must have a new style of leadership, a new tradition. It is time for it. Do you understand?

2. CARP activity and Church activity.

There is CARP and HARP (high school). In high school and college activities, HARP and CARP, if all the sons and daughters of presidents, ministers, professors, what have you, are in it, initiating and leading, the first generation has to listen.

Those who have younger brothers and sisters, raise your hands. You have to make them go the right way! What right do they have to oppose us? What is wrong with you and with Reverend Moon whom you are following? Forget about your father and mother. You can make a strong alliance with your brothers and sisters and then your mother and father will say, “Let me in too!” They’ll say, “We’ll listen to you.” Soon, it will come to be like that. It will be that simple.

All you have to do is to bring them in for one serious Divine Principle seven or ten day seminar. That’s all you need. A week or ten days will change your brother or sister’s life. Congressman and state senators are changing after three or four day workshops.

From now on, Father will nag you; he will really clobber you if you have a younger brother or sister and are not making effort to bring them into the Unification Church. We’ve got to save them. Are you confident in doing that? Those who say, “Yes, Father, I’m determined, I will do that,” raise your hands. Then Father feels we already have too many Unification Church members. Membership is really no problem. Go to your younger relatives and bring them to life.

At least we will increase tenfold in number if you connect one relative through another relative and so on-it will cover the entire nation. So be strong with your brothers and sisters, if you love them. Father strongly urges you to do that.

3. Entering into Jericho.

The German wall is coming down like the walls of Jericho. We must prepare a strong tradition. Don’t be drawn by any part of the communistic activity. Only follow God’s activity and God’s tradition in preparing for entry into Jericho. Once we enter into Jericho, what shall we do? This is what it means. We should not be influenced by communistic ideas; we should instead influence them with our ideas.

Do you know roughly what this means? It means the second generation should have no part in the existing thought that has been under the influence of communism. This is you. Secular humanism is very much Satan’s thought. Materialism is satanism. One thing is for certain: it is not God’s way of thinking.

4. Victory or Corruption

In other words, we have to make a choice whether we are to be victorious or whether we are to become corrupt. If we guide the second generation correctly, we will become victorious. If we don’t do that, then we will become corrupt. Do you follow?

5. Re-education and self-control.

We must become self-repentant, self-perfecting, and self-dependent. We do not become perfect depending on someone else; we must depend on ourselves. Nobody does it for you. It is time we did it ourselves. We have no one to depend on. We cannot depend on Father because it is not Father’s role to do that. It is we who have to do that. Society will not help us because they are busy with their own problems. We have no one to depend on except ourselves. Self-sufficiency, self-accomplishment-don’t lean on anyone. Don’t even think about it.

III. Headwing Thought and the Establishment of Tradition for the Third Millennium

The Third Millennium tradition must be established firmly within these next ten years, the last decade of the second millennium. Up, middle, and below-that means we have to go up and we have to come down, up and down, the beginning of circular movements. Those who have been staying higher up must come down; those who have been going down should go up. That is circular motion. Those who have headwing thought must be able to do this. They should easily go down and those who are down should go up. We should be able to do that at will, establishing circular movement.

This is what Father has disciplined himself in all along: once you come to a certain position, a high leader’s position-don’t ever think that you will stay there for the rest of your life. Always be prepared to step down, if that is for the benefit of everybody.

Father met the Kirov Ballet troop chief, whose face and countenance is really shrunken because of so much hardship in his lifetime. Since he had suffered so much, he understood Father’s heart and came up closely to Father and said, “Reverend Moon, you must have suffered so greatly in your lifetime.” Father said, “In a way, yes, but my idea is that I am already a successful person any way people look at it; both ideologically and in reality. But what I am looking at is that if I come down and make the Unification Church and myself suffer even more from this point on, then the future of the Unification Church will be absolutely guaranteed of success. The day is approaching very quickly when the Unification Church will be welcomed and respected and hoped for by everyone. I don’t want to sow the seeds from that position. I want to sow the seeds from a lower position.” Father studies how we can suffer even more after we are welcomed by everyone. If Father does that, then the growth of the Unification Church and the offspring of Father will be absolutely guaranteed by God.

This really impressed the man. So Father said, “I am 70 years of age yet I do not give up because I have further to go.” This is a surprise even to secular people. This does not only work in the godly way; this way affects the secular world too.

Look at the Roman Empire. They were very successful; very strong. They tried to fly instead of trying to dig into the trench. If they had done that, the Roman Empire would have continued on and become even more successful. America today is the same way. America has come a long way to be a highly qualified nation. After World War II, especially, they took the attitude, “There is no country above the U.S.” That is why the U.S. is declining so quickly. If they had lowered themselves and been willing to suffer more, America would not be on the verge of perishing as it is today.

The country which follows Father’s way will become greater and great enough to engulf anything in the whole world. If we go out, then we have to prepare ourselves to come down even more so that we can go up again. This second time around, we will make a bigger circle and then even bigger circles. So coming down is very important. This point is Unification Church’s secret.

The Israelites in Canaan did not know that. The Unification Church members did not know how to survive forever either. Father has now taught us. It stands to reason, doesn’t it? When Father is seriously asked to meet with someone who respects him, Father wants to evade him a bit. He says, “Let us meet at the lowest place, not the highest place.”

If we meet at a low place and then start up again, we can make a bigger circle.

IV. The Establishment of the Realm of the Chosen People and the Establishment of the Realm of Unification. (In other words, the Establishment of the Kingdom.)

The sense of being the chosen people means we are absolute. The one above or behind me is absolute-namely God and the Parents-so I have to be absolute. That is our idea. “In pursuit of gaining God’s own country, I will go no matter what. This absolute being will march forward no matter what happens.” That is the implication of this.

It is not exactly the realm-it is the chosen people’s right: the Right of the Chosen People or “Chosen Peopleship!” You can come up with a better word than that. Once we do that, then the establishment of the kingdomship, sovereignty, and right should come.

V. The Establishment of Ownership-that means the right to own something. God has had three dispensational eras-the Old, New, and Completed Testaments. In the Old Testament era, Heavenly Father tried to establish ownership by collecting or gaining materials. Through indemnification through the material world, He was to gain His son. Then he sacrificed His son in order to gain parenthood. He sacrificed parenthood in order to establish the service of God and ownership. This is how God has been working. This has been the whole purpose. We are getting to that point now. God must stand on the face of the earth before ownership can begin; then the children can start owning things.

When we reach the center point, establish the vertical “me,” we have restored the parents, the children, and material things. This is ownership. This accomplishes perfection. That is the Principled view. That means Satan cannot participate in anything. Satan will respect the material, the child, the parents, and God. Do you understand? We have to attain that original ideal position. This is the whole meaning of the restoration. This is the sense in which we speak of establishing ownership.

From the Old Testament sacrifices to gain the son, to the sacrifice of the son to gain the parents, to the sacrifice of the parents, then God will be ushered in and we all will serve God. Then the parents will join in and the lost individual will join them and after connecting all that which has been recovered, then for the first time, legitimate ownership begins. Only after God lands safely here on earth will everything be formed and ownership properly begin. Until that time, no one owns anything. True Parents will combine all of humankind, centering on God. Then God will take ownership.

Without our coming into that relationship and beginning true ownership, then the day of Unification will not begin. We have to begin ownership. That means God has to start owning. Then we too come to own. Then the Unification day will begin.

That is where we are going now; we are marching toward that goal now.

VI. The Whole Family in the Indemnity Era.

In other words, there will be a time when the individual has to dedicate our whole family, including all the things I own, centering on God. That means, simply put, that there will be a time when we have to deny everything in front of God. After going through that process, then we will be recognized by God.

VII. The Era for the Unity of the Spirit and Body and the Era for Promoting or Multiplying Goodness

The unity of the spirit world and the physical world and the era for promoting goodness are the same thing. This is not that difficult to understand, at least conceptually. When our spirit man and our physical man really come to resonate with each other, centering on God, then we cannot help but promote goodness. There is no evil in us then. We don’t have to worry about or watch out for evil. When such a man and such a woman get together and give birth to children, those children cannot help but be good. They are good; you don’t have to worry about them. That is reality.

VIII. The Mission the Unification Church Must Undertake For America

1. We must open a gate for saving and leading American youth. We have to open up a way or a door, so that we can start ushering them in. That is the Unification Church’s mission in America. All American young people are our brothers and sisters. Some brothers and sisters are victimized by drugs and free sex. We must not say, “I am clean, so I don’t care about that.” No, that is my brother, my sister; therefore, we have to care for them. No one can do that except the Unification Church members. The government cannot do that. The media cannot do that. If they could, they would, but they cannot. And we know that much, don’t we? Do you really know that we can do it and no one else? (Yes.) Conduct yourself, appoint yourself as a doctor.

2. How to provide a sense of sovereignty, or subjectivity for the American second generation. In other words, we have to make the American second generation feel that they are the center and leaders of all the young people of the world. We must plant that sense of responsibility strongly in American young peoples’ minds. First, in order to do that, we have to develop that sense of responsibility within ourselves and form the realm of sovereignty, then usher in and connect all the young people into that. All the campuses and the second generation will become part of that. In turn, they will feel strongly that they are the center for the whole rest of the world, the leaders of the rest of the youth of the world.

By doing that, we should create a nationwide campus boom. Do you think this is necessary on today’s American campuses? (Yes.) Looking back over the last few decades, it is not so hard to see. In the ’60s, they failed to extend this dream onto the world level, where it was destined to go to. Everyone was disappointed and became addicted to drugs. Worldism was where they were to go to, but they got lost and so became hippies and wandered around in search of new thought. The communists moved in and took advantage of that, so all the smart young people became communized and influenced by drugs and free sex. Dialectical materialism came in. This was all planned by the communist ideology. Now the more Abelistic way is coming, the influence of the new religions. “To realize my dreams of justice, world peace-where can I go?” When we present ourselves, the young people will jump into it just like they jumped into communism a long time ago. This is the era. That is why we have to create a boom on the college campuses.

1. We can use the facilities of civilized society: the media and modern technology. We’ve really got to win over television and the mass media. Father is working on this already-a huge, most comprehensive and powerful media center in Washington, D.C. is nearing completion now. With satellites, we can connect everywhere. We can educate people with 40 days content simultaneously. No problem! How can individuals connect with us one by one and be liberated? It is difficult. We must have that kind of vertical, global thinking.

2. The mass media.

3. An Offensive of Positive Public Relations

4. The Mobilisation of All to Accomplish this Goal. In other words, in order to influence college campuses and to create a boom, everyone in the family will participate.

5. The Age of Mobilisation of All People, mobilising professors, etcetera, to create this boom on college campuses in America.

The main topic is the college campuses and the second generation. Now Father will designate the personnel.

(Campus ministers are asked to rise and count off.)

You should really present yourself as an example, an exemplary person in coming to work, in being able to give lectures, etcetera. In effect, you will become an interdenominational minister. First, you have to makes friends with other campus ministers. There is no secret about it, there is no other way-whoever buys the most lunches for the others and whoever is nicer to them and greets them first-those are the tokens of friendship. If you buy yourself a small notebook, buy another at the same time and give one to another minister. Always think about them. Feed them as much as you can! Tell them, “I’m going to a party with my relatives-why don’t you come along? You’re welcome to come.” Good food can give a good feeling. Pay attention to this: entertain them. Give them lunch and dinner, and make it nice. Treat them like we do the Koreans who visit here. Make a system to bring your minister colleagues to visit New York. Tell them they can stay free at your relatives in New York and do nice things together there. Tell them, “I have many contacts in the New York area,” and talk to them on the way there. That is an education in itself. We don’t have to give them lectures. Through communication, we can do a lot. Ask them to give you five hours and you can give them a comprehensive briefing about all aspects of our religion.

If you really understand Divine Principle, you don’t have to start with Chapter One, Chapter Two, using all our own terminology. You can say the same thing in your own way with terms with which they feel more comfortable! If they are sufficiently interested, then we can invite them over and give them a more formal presentation. There is always a way if there is a will. If we have the will to educate them, there are always many ways to explain to them what Divine Principle is.

Don’t be afraid. Intellectually, you have no reason to be afraid. Believe that. Father has been doing that all over the world, for politicians, religious people, and professors. You can handle college campus ministers. Do you think you can do that? Within three or four years, they will be at your mercy!

Please continue this right away, as soon as you go back to your home college. Father will create a real IOWC now. We have many, many vans and mobile homes. Fifteen people can sit in one and listen to a lecture, all at once. We have to recover all eleven videotape machines assigned to each mobile van. We have to recover them and use them all over again to create the boom on the college campuses.

Do you follow? Are you confident? (Yes.) Don’t go around looking as if you were 60 or 70 years of age. You are very young, bright, and hopeful. Be absolutely confident, like an eagle or hawk ready to strike. Father would like to see that kind of eagerness on your face.

Looking back at the bitter experiences of history, women have been exploited by the archangel. Now try to retaliate! Guide the archangel in the right way. You have to pray a lot and if you really pray constantly, Father knows that Heavenly Father will give you an answer right away. “Do this,” He will say. “All you have to do is this.”

Father feels that even if these 24 schools become highly successful, that should pretty much be it. Father doesn’t see that there is that much more necessary, if you really do it right. Father’s goal or vision is that we do this first on the college campuses, we win the victory and get very much involved on the campuses, and then Father would like to switch you into Army chaplains. You can go to the army and do the same thing for a few years. That’s where the sharp men and women go now. Then you can save good young people.

We can sue any school where they resist you being a campus minister. Be strong and bold! Otherwise, you cannot save Israel. It is the same thing. We have enemies, but God will protect us, so we must be strong and bold. We have the same commandment from God. Do you understand?

We have a foundation like a mountain. Father already did everything. Do you understand? (Yes.) I believe you. Sit down.

(Applause.)

Father is newly appointing you. Dr. Seuk already appointed you on behalf of Father, but Father now is making it official and an appointment paper will be sent to you. Father’s name may not appear on the document, but know in yourself that Father has personally sent this to you. They are being prepared to be sent to you. Do not only confine yourself to being a campus minister. If you do, you cannot lead the college students. You have to embrace more than that and be more versatile than that. You have to be able to lead any church outside the college campus as well. Go to the regular churches on Saturdays and Sundays and lead them as well as leading the college students during the weekdays. Conduct a church comprised of the parents of students. Father emphasizes that because when Cain and Abel get together and form an alliance, the work will go much more quickly.

Father really envies the position of a campus minister. It is an ideal spot from which to influence people. There are 40,000 brilliant young men and women out there who are going straight to hell. You alone are the savior there. What have you got to lose? Why hesitate? America’s life and future is at stake here. Day in and day out, impress them. There may be many chaplains and ministers on a big campus, but a Unification Church minister is really something else. You have to be that.

Make full use of chapel facilities. Don’t do it once a week-do it once a day. We will propose to them that we can have combined worship services and revivals. We will do a revival even if there is only one person there. Do that with a lot of heart, very earnestly, and when you give a strong prayer, they will follow you. If your heart is willing, then you can give a prayer so long that you give them a lecture in your prayer! (Father gives a short imitation of a very strong, loud prayer about defeating Satan on the individual to the cosmic levels. Laughter.) They will be raised up as long as you continue praying. This is a kind of teaching prayer. How wonderful! Pray Chapter One out loud, then go on to Chapter Two. Make that kind of an atmosphere, connecting them more and more deeply.

Once we combine all denominations into one, the universe is no problem. The established Christian churches do not have the ideology to do that. Campus minister means “can pass the minister!” (Laughter and applause.) That’s true!

(Dr. Seuk and Father speak together in Korean. Then Dr. Seuk asks all the state leaders, including CARP state leaders, and the regional coordinators to stand up. Father directs the CARP leaders and Church leaders to switch sides of the room.)

Please sit down. In American universities, there are many professors who know Reverend Moon very well, such as those who regularly attend the Science Conferences, etcetera. Do we have a complete roster of those participants in all conferences held under our auspices? Everyone without exception should have that full list; not only for his own school but for schools in the vicinity and everywhere. At least you have to have the roster for your own school. With that you can work on forming a support group for your activities.

If we can reach the young people of America, then we can assure America’s hope for the future. The young people on the campuses are America’s hope for the future. We need to make that combination of professors and students working together. One name on that list might yield many results in supporting and spreading our activities.

We have to create the atmosphere. Father created that atmosphere in America-nothing takes shape just automatically. Sometimes you might annoy them-so what! At worst, they will strike you one time and then you can become good friends with them afterwards.

Father is warning you: don’t ever copy, don’t ever learn from the attitude of the church state leaders. You create your own tradition. Don’t inherit from them.

We have to make one system between CARP and the Church. Those who graduated from the seminary, raise your hands. A similar number between CARP and Church seminary graduates.

Witnessing to young persons, young students, is better than witnessing to more aged, experienced persons. What is your opinion? (Yes.) State leaders and regional directors of CARP, please stand up. Find your counterpart among the church state leaders. If you cannot find your counterpart, go to someone whose state is very close to yours. CARP stand on the right side and his counterpart, the state leader, stand on the left side. Form two lines. CARP leaders and state leaders, stand side by side. State leaders and Tribal Messiahs right now-some of the Tribal Messiahs went back to their own hometowns, correct? Not all, but most.

Father’s idea here, the point is that there is no division between CARP and the state organization. Whoever will become a state leader, he will be the state leader of all affairs, not only CARP.

We’ll decide it this way. The two counterparts will decide who will be the state leader-spirit world knows which one would be the better person for the job at this time. Paper, scissors, rock! (Laughter. The method is explained by Reverend Baughman and demonstrated vividly.) Now you do it.

The one who won, whoever he may be, he is the overall leader, the CARP and state leader. Those in the second position are second in charge of CARP and second in charge of the state. Do you understand? Dr. Seuk will be the Vice President of HSA and the CARP leader.

So, nothing has changed. All that has changed is that your scope has broadened; that is all. If you are a CARP leader who got second in charge, then you are still working in CARP as a second in charge and with the state as second in charge. By doing this, you can mobilize everybody.

Until now, the CARP leader was just the CARP leader; he had no influence over the state leader, so if the state leader said no to something, that was that, but now, under this arrangement, you cannot do that. You can use everyone in that way.

We have to make the effort to renew our atmosphere in the Unification Church by some of the CARP leaders now becoming state leaders.

Those who were not involved in this but who are seminary graduates, please stand up and come forward. Co-ordinators and everyone.

CARP Regional Directors who were not involved in the toss, please stand up and come this way. Those who were involved in the toss, sit down. Are you all American citizens now? Americans, raise your hands.

Father now has 100 schools positioned. He already had 84 and he counts 16 here. That’s one hundred; a basic number to work from. Once we become successful, we will expand from 105 to 110, and so forth. This is pioneering. Father will assign you to a campus. Who here can lecture more than 7 Day content? Father says they have been lecturers, but that is ridiculous. You should be lecturers as well; first-rate lecturers, as well as they.

Here, there is no change. Here, there is only addition. Write down who is the first and the second leader.

So, from this point on, our focus is America’s second generation; young people. It is our task to educate them. Make it a rule, each one of you, to witness to one new member on campus. If you did that for seven years, the number would total 84. If Jesus had had 84 disciples, he would not have had to go to the cross. Everyone should be able to get that number. Everyone should be preparing himself as a lecturer. Then Father sees that soon you will be invited from everywhere to give lectures. We have many professors and in the future, they will be calling on us as the school leaders to please give lectures to the students. Why? Because we have the true ideology, the true concept. They will influence the campus and then they will follow us. Good phenomena are coming. Ultimately, we can connect them all. No problem. Do you understand? Now do, do, do. This is the time.

The Korean Regional Directors will still oversee their activity and help them. (The Korean Regional Directors are changed according to a method of numbering Father employs.) Now Father is announcing the Regional Directors. (Applause.)

What day of the month is it today? November 28th. As of December 1st, we will have a new movement. This time when Father goes back to Korea, there will be a real exchange of leadership between Japan and Korea. After that, Father will do that worldwide. Father doesn’t have to be present to make these kinds of announcements from now on; thus, Father does not need to come to America anymore, right? “Yes” means “Yes, Father has to come?” This is the time for Asia; the Pacific Era. This is the time of the hometown providence. Father already bridged the East and West. The West should be directed toward the East now. This is the Pacific Era. It is the prime time for Father to go back to the Orient. Imagine if Father stays in one country for just three months-to cover 130 countries, that is 390 months-that means about 30 years to make one circle and come back here again! But think of how long Father stayed in the United States. America cannot complain to Father if he does not come back when they want him to!

America is a rich country. America can act as an envoy and visit many other countries in Father’s place and eventually come back, like Father did. Father will come back, though, for short visits to America.

Dinner is being prepared now. We have come to the end of the conference now. Father asks, should we close the meeting with prayer or with nice song? Let’s choose three persons to sing songs for us. One song sung by a man, one song sung by a woman, and one song sung by one of the neuter gender! (Laughter.) Who will represent the men now? (Entertainment begins.)

FOUNDING ANNIVERSARY AND FINAL LIBERATION

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

May 1, 1989
Belvedere
Translator – Sang Kil Han

Today we celebrate the 35th anniversary of the founding of the Unification Church, so this is the 36th actual celebration of this day. What is our situation today? Is the name of the Unification Church better known around the world, or is the name of Reverend Sun Myung Moon more famous? Why is Reverend Moon’s name famous? Am I famous in a good sense, or am I infamous? Some say, “Reverend Moon is the greatest person”. Others say, “No, he is a very bad person.. We might say it is half and half now. From now on, which aide is going to increase? Yes, it will be those who have a positive view of Reverend Moon. More and more people will begin to study what I am teaching and what I have done. Once they look at the truth, they will want to support what I am doing.

Looking toward the future, we can see that more and more of those people who will come to know me for the first time will be leaders and people with experience in world affairs. More influential people are going to pay attention to Reverend Moon. Before the Unification Church existed, there was a concept upon which it was founded, as well as a purpose for founding it. In the future, people will want to know all about the history of this church.

You have been following in my footsteps, but who or what will guide you when I go to spirit world? This is the 36th year of the Unification Church, but how many years will it continue? Have you ever thought about that? What will the world become in another thousand years? Where will you be? What if we should continue successfully for a thousand years, but then all of a sudden, we get stopped. We would once more have to seek a path. Then our direction would have to be changed, and confusion would reign.

We can look at Christianity for an illustration of this point. Christianity started two thousand years ago, and it grew to become a very strong force in the world. But at this time, we are seeing a decline in the power and spirit of Christianity. People are no longer able to believe as they did in the past, and they are becoming confused. Therefore, it is worthwhile to ask ourselves: How long is the Unification Church going to continue in the future?

Every major religion, for that matter, began with great strength and was able to influence many people. But after many years, the spirit declined and people became confused. It is only reasonable to think about the Unification Church in this light. Our church is very strong in faith and understanding at this time, 80 surely we will spread to every corner of the world. Yet, how long will we remain strong?

When a religion is centered on a particular person, that religion will grow and develop as long as that person prospers. But when the founder dies, his movement can easily lose power. But if God Himself is the origin of a religion, then that religion will develop and it will have to finalize with God, one way or the other. When God is the origin of a religion, then that religion will be vitally important not only to God Himself but also to all those people who are seeking to live in accordance with God. Therefore, such a God-founded church must go on, transcending history and all changing situations, being able to digest everything and to prosper. It must reach its conclusion along with God at the end times.

We can see that the natural world has been continuing since the beginning according to one law or principle. What is the law which has allowed nature to perpetuate and never to end? Simply put, it i8 the give and take of male and female, masculine and feminine, which has dominated the natural world. By following this law, the natural world has continued. One generation might perish but another one always rises up. Life continues in this way.

Thus love is the rule for the world. Although the level of love is different-human love is on a higher plane than the love which is experienced by a plant-there is one common denominator for all things, and that we call simply “love.. Through this love, all things continue and prosper, year after year, without fail.

Can man be an exception to this law of nature? No, man, too, must be centered on love and multiply offspring to leave behind when he goes to spirit world. Although many things can be changed or revolutionized, this law is not one. It is constant.

The animal kingdom has followed the law of love without deviation. For instance, a nest of birds has only one set of parents. But in the human world, there is breakdown and confusion. In one family, there can be two, three, four or even more parents. Divorce and remarriage have become common. This is confusing to children. God wants to see the traditional family, based on the original pattern which God installed.

What about God Himself? What does God want? The only thing God wants is love. What God wants and what human beings want cannot be two different things. It has to be one and the same. The animal kingdom and nature have a horizontal type of love which has endured for millions of years. But mankind, with a love reaching up to the vertical plane, must become consistent with God’s ideal and His original purpose for creating us. Only by following that love will mankind truly prosper.

This central vertical concept, that human beings are unique in the creation because we are the children of God, has to be well-established. There must be no deviation from it. On God’s level, this is clearly understood. But on the level of humankind, the millions and billions of God’ offspring, the question remains: Will man support and follow the same concept and understanding that God has? That is the question which must be answered.

Have any man and woman in the past ever loved one another with the understanding of the necessity of perfect horizontal and vertical love? It has never happened in the past. Yet the law is that man and woman must have that perfect horizontal love. Nobody has known this because nobody has understood the concept of the perfect vertical connection. The horizontal relationship requires a vertical relationship as well. Now that we know about the vertical existence and relationship, the perfect horizontal relationship has become possible for the first time. By the same token, only when the right side exists can the left side also exist, and vice-versa.

The relationship of man and woman is the same. Whenever we speak about man,” we must have in mind woman as well. We cannot speak of one without the other. They simply do not exist by themselves. Everyone wants to enjoy a good life and a perfect husband and wife relationship, but no one yet has understood how to line up perfectly on the horizontal plane. They may have something close to that and enjoy a harmonious relationship with one another, yet their vertical angle may only be around 30 degrees. Or perhaps another couple will be perfectly lined up with one another but have a 10 degree discrepancy on the vertical line. What about you blessed couples? What is your position as a couple? Assuming that you are in a straight line with one another, what is your angle with the vertical?

Where do we want to belong? Do we have a vision of what we want to be? Just as the concept of the horizontal cannot exist without the vertical, you cannot enjoy the ideal husband and wife relationship without being dedicated to having a perfect vertical relationship with God. The ideal and God exist together. So each man and woman has to think first about establishing 0a perfect vertical relationship, and then he or she can think about the perfect horizontal relationship. Do you understand?

On this 36th anniversary of the Unification Church, we can see that many things have happened since the beginning of our church. We all know about the changes in the world. I could have spoken today about the highlights of our past 35 years of history, but I decided against it. I know that Unificationism has to continue forever, and in order to do that, we must firmly establish certain fundamental points of the Principle now. Those things can never be emphasized enough. Therefore, I decided to speak today about the basic question: What does God want U8 to be? What is God’s ideal? We must be able to follow that ideal in order to continue for eternity. Once this point is strongly founded here among us in a horizontal relationship, then as long as God exists, humankind will also exist in harmony with Him. Because of the importance of this point, I decided to speak about it today.

Within one man, there are both masculine and feminine aspects. The same is true for a woman. By the same token, there is the mind and the flesh of each person, dual natures within each of us. Whenever we speak about the ideal man or woman, what is the central point of that ideal? It is the mind, which is the subject of the body. When our body objectively follows our mind, we know that we are living according to the ideal.

All men want to maintain harmonious relationship with the nation and the world and ultimately with the universe so that they can elevate their position within the world and universe. There have been billions of people born in this world, but there are only two basic kinds of people: man and woman. There is never a third kind. Who is the model or prototype? True love is the inspiration and True Parents came into being upon that ideal. Which came first, True Parents or true love? God first or true love first?

When we speak of the ideal, immediately we have to have an object. The object and the ideal cannot exist separately. By the same token, God and His ideal also require an object. Even God, who has everything. needs love. Is there anything which even God can admire or worship? Is there something which God respects? Is such an idea even possible? This is not just conceptual. Let’s take an example. Man wants to respect something which is loftier than he, right? We want to adore, idolize, and idealize; there is always this desire to go higher and higher. We naturally admire and respect someone who is higher than we. Where does that mind come from? There is nothing in man which is started by itself; it has to have an origin. We can say that God, too, must have that desire to reach upward. What is it that God, too, wants to admire? The answer is true love.

This is an important point. So far, the shortcoming of religion was that it stopped at the point of concept or ideas. There was always a chasm between reality and religious ideals. But here within the Unification Church, we know that the ideal must become reality and vice-versa. The root of a concept or ideal is in reality. By the same token, the root of reality is within the ideal. The most important human endeavor is to solve this problem, to close this gap between the ideal and the real. For God, too, this must be solved. Mankind must clearly understand this concept. This is a historic time. Up till now, nobody knew enough to even try to achieve this. But now we are at the crossing point.

Once a person joins the Unification Church and puts down his root here, he can’t find happiness anywhere else. Even if he leaves the church and tries to make his way elsewhere, he will not feel at home. He cannot forget the place where his root is laid. It is not because this is the Unification Church but because this is where the root is laid.

Is there anything which Almighty God can admire and respect? Yes, there is. Even God has unlimited respect for His true love object. God must smile and even laugh to hear us speaking about this. You should ask God directly. Some people feel, “I respect God and I envy Him so much. I wish I were God. There is nobody in the universe with more power, knowledge and ability” Many of you have felt that way about God. That has been the limit of your understanding. Now, I demand you to answer me: Do you envy God? In other words, suppose God said, “Okay, you come and switch places with Me. Be here all by yourself for millions of years, without any object of love. Have all the diamonds and gold in the universe. Have all the power to destroy or promote anybody in the world.” Would you go and take God’s place? No,

you wouldn’t, because you know how lonely God is What is it that He lacks? He lacks a true love object.

What is that true love object for God? It is natural to respect one’s ancestors. If your ancestors are gorillas and monkeys, as the evolutionists believe, then to get married with the same kind as our ancestors should be a great honor. Why don’t you want to marry a gorilla? You may say, “Man is so disgusting, perhaps a gorilla would be an improvement..

The current theory of evolution is a concept destined to perish very soon. Can you imagine a man eventually evolving to become a woman, or a woman evolving to a man? Do all animals with four feet have the same origin? No, they are different and have different origins. Perhaps the lion and tiger, who look similar and have similar attributes, are basically the same, with the same origin. What is the cross-breed between lion and tiger? We have never heard of such a thing, even though scientists surely have attempted to create such a breed. If you dissected the dead body of a tiger and a lion, they would look very similar. But can such species interact sexually? No, they cannot.

The fact that there are two distinct sexes throughout creation, male and female, cannot be changed. It will not evolve. The mechanisms of love cannot be altered. We cannot give birth from the mouth or from any other opening. There is only one birth canal in the female body, in spite of the fact that there is another bodily opening next to it which is very similar-looking. God intended only one place for birth to occur.

The conclusion now is that even God has something which He desires, admires and wants to live with forever and ever, all the time. Although many people believe that God wants for nothing, that is not true. God wants His object of true love: true man and woman. That object also needs certain accessories, certain ornaments, and those are all the things of creation, including animals, plants, and minerals. God’s true love object happens to have a lot of desires. You have a lot of ambition, don’t you? You want to be rich, beautiful, and famous, don’t you? The smaller woman usually wishes she was larger. God intended us to be ambitious.

God wanted His true love object to propose love to Him. Before he can do that, God’s love object has to gain a lot of belongings. So he has to hunt a lot of animals, gather a lot of crops, acquire a lot of

diamonds and precious stones, then bring them to God and say, “I dedicate these to You.. In that way, he will establish a relationship of love with God. Thus man is motivated to acquire material things not necessarily by greed but by love, as well. God intended all these accessories to be possessed by His beloved objects. He says, “You love all things just as I do, and you dedicated them to Me. I am pleased.” The position God intended for all beings was that they love each other.

This is the only solution to the entire universe. Your mind says, “Yes, you are 80 right. Now at last someone understands the truth!” This is a truly exciting concept of salvation. Other religions say, “Forget the things of the world. Your desires for those things are bad, so get rid of them.” But we do have desires and they are very real. You haven’t known which way to go. Now I am telling you, “Your desires are good and you are justified. But have the relationship with God as your goal. That i9 how it was intended.. For the first time, the Unification Church has liberated all that mistaken thinking about ambition.

Our concept is a great one. Our concept is centered upon love. We must love our parents, our children, our friends, neighbors and mankind. Beyond that, we must love the animal kingdom and plants and minerals. Bringing them all together, we want to go to God. That is very simple and consistent. This is the way God intended men to be. Then God says, “You are bringing all these things for Me, aren’t you?” Then God will laugh and say, ~I want you to have all those things..

Do you believe that God wants to laugh, just as you do? Certainly, God would want to laugh. Do you think God has a mouth, nose and so forth? When God speaks, He wants to speak with love and to speak well. The traditional Christian churches actually want to keep God in His lonely position. They teach, “Don’t even think about going to God’s position; He is too great. He must come here and save us.” But we are teaching, “Become the perfect object to God. Make Him happy. Dedicate your love to Him because just as much as we need love, He must also need it. Let’s all rejoice together. This is the purpose of our life and creation..

Billy Graham has preached to millions of people. Many weep and convert because of his preaching. Do you think God feels, “Billy Graham is the greatest teacher-7 Or do you think God prefers this simple, clear teaching about Him so that people can understand the reality of His loneliness? Well, I am thinking that I want to be the matchmaker for God so He can find His own true love object. You are very happy when you are about to be matched, aren’t you? How about God, then? When you eagerly accept your mate, whom are you taking after? God must have a similar feeling and desire, don’t you think?

Once we are connected with God in this relation ship of love, we want it to last forever and never stop. Some force must propel that feeling. Where does it come from? Perhaps it doesn’t come from God alone and certainly it doesn’t come from man. This must be the power of true love itself. True love is 80 powerful, it binds God and man forever. If true love says, “Okay, I am going to come to you, but only if you will give up your life,. wouldn’t you be willing to do that to receive true love? The same is true of God. He will say yes to true love, over every other alternative.

Now you must understand that this is not just another religious sermon. This one sermon at this moment is possible because we are at the culmination of human history. Reverend Moon has come and discovered these truths and established a foundation. Upon that foundation, I am speaking these words, which make so much sense to you. It is not simply that Reverend Moon is a great person who came to the earth at a particular time in history and taught certain things. Is it possible that at some later date a greater teacher will come and give a different teaching? Even though this Principle and teaching was discovered during my 60 years of active ministry, it is beyond history. In other words, there will be no other person coming to stand here and speak any greater truth.

That means ten thousand years from now, someone great may come, but he will only be able to proclaim what has already been said. This teaching is super-historical. It transcends all of history. This kind of understanding has never even been imagined or spoken before. Everything is being revealed. Even before God created the universe, this concept was there. That is what I am revealing now. At the last days, we are returning to the same concept which God had before He created the universe. We are talking about millions of years in between.

God made His creation, and then the creation was damaged. Finally the creation is being restored. So much work has been necessary up until now, but from this time on, God will be able to return to His original domain. God can rejoice now. He can laugh. Now the True Parents are coming to that original fulfillment of the creation and God i8 80 happy. He finally has an object of love.

Perhaps you will go and privately pray to God, “Father told me something and I believe it, but I just want to double-check Is what he said on the first day of May really true?” God will probably say, “What are you talking about, you small thing? Of course it’s true. Reverend Moon knows a lot more than you do, 80 why don’t you just follow him and shut your mouth?.

What do you think, is it necessary that we and everybody in this world know this truth? What about our offspring, do they need it? You answer yes very easily, but I cannot trust your answer. Perhaps I cleverly led you up to this logical point, and you have just been tricked into agreeing with me. Do you think that is the case?

What is the ideal man? Here is the definition: he is harmonized with his spouse and horizontal surroundings and also with the vertical realm. Not only that, he must continue seeking the higher and higher ideal, becoming more and more perfected. Then he is the ideal man.

Who is the ideal original man? What if we said to God, “You are the original man.. Would He feel good or bad to hear that?

The original couple are the same. The ideal man and woman are the ones who are consistent with God’s original ideal. What is that original ideal? Ideal man and woman are the ones who become perfectly harmonious with each other, and their goal is always to focus on God’s purpose of creation. This forms the ideal family. Only true love, and nothing else, can bring a couple into that high position.

The family is centered on man and woman. What is the country? It is actually the higher level of family. True man and woman are the standard for the nation, reaching toward the same ideal as their goal. The individual is centered on true love, the couple is centered on true love, the family, tribe, nation, world and cosmos are all centered on true love. God Himself is centered on true love. That is how all these levels return to God.

We speak of God’s love, but there are many levels: individual, family, tribe, nation, world, cosmos, and finally God. Combining all these into one can make a world centered on a love relationship. At that point, everybody is free, every level is liberated Each individual will be welcomed every where. The same is true on the family level national level, world, cosmos, and spirit world. Here for the first time we experience complete freedom. That is the goal for which everybody is crying out, but there is only one way to achieve it. How’ Each level of love has to yield to the higher level of love. Each individual’s love has to yield to the love of the family, and so on.

What is the ideal couple? The ideal couple are the man and woman who try to resemble God as individuals. After that is achieved, they go on to the family level to resemble God in that position, and so forth. If Adam and Eve had not fallen, they would have continued in that direction by the power of true love. Why is the family so important? When man and woman come into unity and attain the highest position, still the crux of that position is the family. No matter where he dwells, each individual lives within a family.

Every other family is meant to parallel this true standard. All occupy their own position, but essentially the pattern is the same. We are also talking about the animal kingdom here. Even though the animals do not have a human level of awareness, they also conform to this pattern of love. Their pat” tern of caring for their offspring is parallel to the human pattern. They dwell on a different level, but their organizational system is the same. That’s why, once you get hold of a true love line and pull on it, the whole universe will follow. There is nothing that isn’t attached to that true love line. We can conclude that this is how all things can be dominated through true love. Dominion has to be centered on true love, and then everything is connected to God.

Where is the woman’s primary sexual organ? It is right at the center line of the body, in the middle of the abdomen. The opening is at another place, but the central organ for reproduction is right there at the center of the body. This is consistent. The woman will give birth to offspring which resemble her. The same is true for a man. His sexual organ is on the mid-line of his body. On that center line the plus and minus exist, and only true love can bring perfect unity, total overlapping of plus and minus.

How many strings of love are there? There is man’s mind, man’s body, woman’s mind, and woman’s body-that equals four love lines. When the man and woman are in the perfect union of love, they are encompassed, surrounded, drowned in love, 80 to speak. This i8 the concept of the ideal relationship between God and man. Just as man and woman experience love, God and human beings, too, can experience that love. God has the same duality of internal and external. If somebody could rise high enough to see it, the entire universe must have the shape of man and woman overlapped. Looking from the right side, the universe looks like a man. From the left side, it looks like a woman. From the top, it looks like a man, and from the bottom, it looks like a woman.

All existence is divided between plus and minus. What are plus and minus destined to be? They are destined to become one. The plus and minus charges accumulate and then crash together, creating lightning and thunder. Then they dissipate, only to gather energy again and crash together again. All things exist for the sake of love. When love is consummated, it returns to nothing, then forms again and consummates again. That is the way of the ideal being.

There is no other religion or teaching on the earth which has explained the universe in this consistent, organized manner. How should we look at a man and a woman? When I look at a man, I first notice his eyes. They move primarily on the horizontal plane. Then there is the nose, which has both vertical and horizontal dimensions. Then there is the mouth, which is horizontal. The rest of the body can be drawn according to vertical or horizontal lines. A man should walk straight and upright. When a person has everything clear and harmonious in his mind, he will walk with the different parts of his body at appropriate right angles. Such a person is a healthy person.

When a man laughs, he tends to lift his head upward, while a woman tends to lower her head. Another difference is that when people go out shopping, the woman will say, “We need all these things, and those, and this and that.” But if the man is with her, he will say, “Now, we don’t need all of that.” It is natural for the woman to care more about physical needs of the family, while the man is more interested in the ideal. He thinks more about the future of the family, and so forth, and couldn’t care less about shopping. Obviously, we need both of those qualities and concerns, but which should take the subject position? Which should we pay attention to first? The ideal. Therefore, the conclusion is that the woman has to submit to man because of this. How do you like that? Man is the one who transmits God’s plus characteristics.

You know, “chunjee”. means heaven and earth. We don’t normally say “earth and heaven”. do we? Usually English is backwards, but that phrase is in the right order. Just as you tend to say “father and mother”. or “son and daughter”. in that order. No matter how wonderful woman is, she cannot stand everywhere. Your attitude toward your husband should be one of respect. Do you women understand?

I didn’t mention ears yet, but they are very important. A person’s ears should be straight, along a vertical line. That indicates someone with a healthy, straight conscience. When a person’s heels hit directly on the ground when he walks, it’s a good indicator of a straight conscience. With such fine points of perception, I have been able to match people. There are so many indications by which I can read people. When I see a person laugh and it begins with the eyes, that is very different from the laugh which begins with the mouth. I can discern character traits from such small indications.

Getting back to our topic today, we are speaking about the founding anniversary and our final liberation. Even though you may do well now, what is your destination? That is more important than anything else. In 35 years, our movement has risen to its present position, having started from nothing. We have influence in many different areas. This is a typical grass-roofed Korean hut I am drawing. It is a picture of our first church. It was a small house, but it had a huge sign in front, which proclaimed “UNIFICATION CHURCH.. People would come and be impressed by the sign, but the house behind it was somewhat less impressive.

God was with us, however, and decided to make our dwelling match the ambition of our sign. He brought us Belvedere, and then the New Yorker hotel. But even the New Yorker is not big enough. My one remaining task would be to find the building with the largest billboard in the universe. What if I built a huge house with the hugest sign in the world saying, “HOLY SPIRIT ASSOCIATION FOR THE UNIFICATION OF WORLD CHRISTIANITY.” How about that?

Imagine me trying to write all of that English across a sign It is too hard to keep straight, but writing in Korean is much simpler. When the Korean symbols are written for our church’s name, it even looks like a house.

Who is greater, President Bush or Reverend Sun Myung Moon? Why do you say Reverend Moon? My nose is wider, my eyes are smaller, and I am shorter than Mr. Bush. Also, Mr. Bush is white and I am a colored man.. The United States is an advanced country while Korea is still developing. Reverend Moon’s background is not so great and his support is not so powerful, while President Bush has the support of the whole country. But, strangely enough, many people in the world are saying, “Reverend Moon is greater than Mr. Bush.” Why is that? It is because nobody else can take the place of Reverend Moon. Mr. Bush will be replaced by the next president, perhaps after just four years.

Many state senators and congressmen have gathered together in conferences. People have declared that Reverend Moon has done more for this country than anyone, that he is a true patriot, the number one contributor to this country. I told them, “I am not an American, I am a foreigner. I will not stay here forever, so how can you call me your number one patriot?” Then they think about it and say, “But you must stay here!” Those people who used to spit at me are now calling me their greatest patriot. They never knew when they were spitting upward toward me that it would fall back down onto them. But now they recognize their mistake and say, “Reverend Moon, we are sorry. Now we understand.” Now they are asking me to stay, and pretty soon they will be saying the same thing to each of you: “Please stay with us and lead the American people..

The Soviet Union and China now are actually competing to grasp onto Reverend Moon. I am not the one saying that China needs the guidance of Reverend Moon in order to survive; Chinese leaders are saying that very thing.

The politicians in America have a big job to bring this country around and make something happen. But in Russia, Gorbachev has much greater power to get things done. There is no way for an intelligent person to dismiss the Unification Church. Since the Soviets have had so little religion, they need a solid, worldwide religion. Also they need good leadership. Communism is not working in the Third World. Everybody knows that, but they still need some “ism.” They are seeing that Reverend Moon has the solution. The Soviets observed the way Reverend Moon was persecuted by the entire world, but still he held on and stood up strongly. Now Reverend Moon is going up higher in the world. God thinks about that. The only hope in this physical world and in the spiritual world is Reverend Moon. That means God has hope now.

9.

So we are getting closer and closer to God’s throne. We are turning the world upside down. It is becoming a different world. Finally God is coming down on the earth to rule. How crazy must we seem to this world? Can you imagine some stranger coming and listening to this talk today? How baffled he would be. Here is a large group of obviously intelligent people, forgetting all about themselves and rejoicing in the words they are hearing. What kind of group are we?

I knew I had to liberate God, who has been sit tiny in the universe all by Himself, lonely and unhappy. Can the world believe this fact? When our great big signboard is built, we must build a home which is appropriate for such a huge sign. When I have actually erected that house, then all things will have been completed. Then the founding anniversary is fulfilled. Now the only thing remaining is the final liberation.

The only power or entity which can liberate God, True Parents and all the Unification Church members is true love. Our goal clearly, then, must be to occupy or own true love, to practice true love. That should be our only concern. Everything else will come as accessory to that accomplishment. Isn’t that a great purpose? Why? As a result of that, final liberation will be realized.

Let me ask you a question. Suppose that one day I told a black couple, blessed by the True Parents, that I would like to come and visit their home. Would they say, “Well, ours is a black home. You can’t come in”? Would they say, “You have to call us first before you come”? No, they would welcome me. How about the white, Anglo-Saxon people? The same is true. When I go to Japan, I can stay with any of the blessed couples. When I come to America, I can do the same, isn’t that true?

What kind of power does Reverend Moon have over people? It is the true love power. When you have true love, you can go anywhere and be welcomed. That is the most precious ownership of true love. It has been many years since I first went to prison, and now I can look back and understand. When I first went to prison, I didn’t know clearly why it happened. Now I see clearly and I can forgive and forget the fact that I have been to so many prisons. Liberation is being accomplished now, but my goal is still final liberation.

It is an amazing fact that, after 35 years, I am receiving the welcome which no other religious leader has ever received. During the past 35 years, everybody opposed me, including my own parents my first wife, my children, the Korean people. Even the spirit world, in a way, opposed me. I was opposed not only by words but also by force and violence. But I was undaunted and I went on, digesting everything. Whenever they behaved violently toward me, I responded with love.

Now I have the true family, true tribe, true believers. With this, I am receiving support, and many people are going the same direction. Now, after 35 years, I am in the position to wage one final battle. There are many people who are beginning to understand and support me. The Korean people have not been so sure which position to take, but now they are very sure, “Whatever Reverend Moon does, we have to follow.” They know that I have the only way to win over Kim II Sung. In Japan, the people also recognize that I have the only hope. In China, the same is true. Even in America, many senators and congressmen are beginning to see that Reverend Moon has the only way to achieve their goals. Now I am in the position to implement the plans which I have been working on for 35 years. This is a great historical improvement. The only weapon I have is true love.

The only way to subjugate Satan’s world is with true love. That is the last banner to go up. Then all over the world, banners will proclaim, “True Love. Mansei!” Everything will be done then. Once we cross that one remaining bridge, heaven and earth will be liberated.

The tribal messiah has that privilege. You have that ownership of true love. True Parents have given it to you. So True Love Messiahship, which Adam wanted to achieve, which Jesus wanted to fulfill, which God wants to see happen, is now becoming a reality through the True Parents. Then the true love tribal messiahs will go forth, shouting, “Amen!” The first Adam couldn’t get God’s blessing, so his was not a legal marriage. Jesus was also unable to get married. What about you? You have a blessed marriage, centered on God, correct? But when you say “yes,” the answer is built upon tremendous historical payment, difficulty, and bloodshed. For saving your couple, so much payment was made in history, including the blood of martyrs. Do you understand? Because of that payment, you have received the Blessing from God. How proud God must be to see our families!

All the creation has longed to see the true family appear on the earth, because true ownership of the earth centered on true love was lost. True Parents are now restoring that true love ownership, and all

.10

creation is rejoicing. All the spirit world, as well, including the archangels and your ancestors, are coming down to see you, their most famous off spring. “please, I want to go down on the earth and meet my descendant who is restoring God’s ownership.. At this time, many ancestors are coming down and surrounding you and your family. It i8 like an entire religious denomination or tribe centered on you. Your ancestors believe in you! They love you and want to follow you. They want to dedicate everything to you. The tribal messiah is the center person, whom they have to follow absolutely.

Therefore, I sent out many blessed couples as tribal messiahs. That is like taking God’s place, standing as True Parents on the earth. Until now, no one could receive true marriage, and God didn’t have that place to stand. But now the True Parents’ family is like God’s family on the earth.

This is the same as if Jesus had been able to mobilize the Israeli tribes in his time and send them out-the Cain tribes and Abel tribes. You blessed couples have such an honored position to be in the parental position as tribal messiah. Think about that. This is the reality. Father has done everything. Now, you are being welcomed by almost everybody.

Until now, the United States government has taken the enemy position, but that is changing. By the same token, the free world is also changing. The communist world used to think, “Our number one enemy is Reverend Moon,” but now they have a completely different idea.

Love in the United States is being destroyed, like wilted flowers. Young people cannot find hope in this world. There are 240 million people in this country. Who can save them? Only Reverend Moon and you. How can we save them? By the work of our tribal messiahs. Do you understand? Until now it was restoration course. Now we have gone from the position of brotherhood to the level of parenthood. All you Unification Church blessed people have to understand. Where is true freedom? It is only in true love. The first fall resulted in the loss of true parenthood.

A few days ago, Korean tribal leaders came to New York to visit me. They are very proud guys. Each one used to think, “Who can teach me? I am the teacher and the leader of my tribe. Who are you, Reverend Moon?. But now they feel respect for me. When they got ready to leave, they were like little children, saying, “Reverend Moon, we are proud that you were born in Korea. We are so proud of you!

I have sent you back to your hometowns to fulfill your tribal messiahship. Some of you say, “Oh, I am working in New York and I have to live at the New Yorker.” But that job is your second or third job. Your first job is the messiahship. Do you want to lose your parentship? You will if you don’t fulfill your responsibility. In the future, your village and neighborhood will accuse you if that happens.

Now Satan has no power against the position of true parents. Satan will have to bow down. That is what God wants to create. Therefore, how wonderful is that messiahship! Now there are many prominent Americans who are asking to meet with me, but I have told them, “First, you have to learn the Divine Principle. You go through the 21-day training course. No excuses.”

What a precious situation we have! We must continue to march on. We must take the messiahship proudly all over the world. This is not an easy or cheap way to go. It is expensive, but this is the most precious way. We must have big guts, running forward and then plunging into the victory! Think about my situation. When I first came here 15 years ago, I criticized this country and said that it was going to decline. Many church members and elders complained against me: “Father, you don’t understand America’s cultural background. America needs to be able to discuss things and come to a democratic decision. Why don’t you do that?” But do you think the restoration course is the way of discussion?

I came here alone and set the course-only one man remaking one nation. Mobile teams held rallies in cities all over the country. Then rumors began to fly and the persecution began. People said, “Reverend Moon, go back home. You are making too much noise and trouble.” But I continued to work. Finally, I was put into jail. They did everything they could to stop me, but look at the situation now.

Those who will pledge, “I will march on from here with this great blessing and privilege,” please stand up. Will you do it? Thank you very much!

TRUE PARENTS AND THE REALM OF LIBERATION

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

April 6, 1989
World Mission Center
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

The base of the Unification Church is the True Parents. When you say “parents,” that automatically involves children. The parents and children are related by blood lineage. That is a special, fundamental relationship. When you say True Parents, the word true denotes that there is another type of parents-false parents. The basic consequence of the fall of man is that it prevented God’s lineage from coming directly from God to the first parents, Adam and Eve, and then to all of humanity. Because of this Satan’s lineage started, making salvation and restoration necessary.

Christianity has several descriptions of Satan: Satan is the false lord or father of mankind; he is the master of humanity; he governs the world. All of these descriptions in the Bible are based in truth.

All beings of the universe, from the most minute creations to the supreme creation of human beings, exist in a pair system. That means there is a subject/object relationship on every level. The whole creation is made to participate in the love of God. They want to unite with that love and have it continue throughout posterity. But God’s lineage was disrupted by the fall.

God is almighty and omnipresent. But what is the one thing that is essential to almighty God? God needs a love relationship with the creation in order to feel joy and stimulation. No matter how almighty He is, God cannot feel joy by Himself. In order to accomplish that goal, He created all things.

God created men and women as His direct objects with whom he can have give and take of love. Each man and woman aspires to be number one. This is the God-given nature of man as God intended men and women to compete in acquiring the love of God.

The power of love is amazing. Once a love relationship is established, you immediately enjoy equality of participation, equality of dignity, and the right of inheritance.

Human ambition is not without limit. Many people think that ambition has no end. But actually human ambition has an ultimate goal to acquire God’s love to the fullest extent, so that you can participate equally at God’s level in His joy and all that He possesses. Once you acquire the love of God, you can go no further. Once you establish this love relationship with God, no power under the sun can separate you from His love. We will be resonant beings of the love of God, vibrating together on the wavelength of the love of God, echoing and acting according to the love of God. Our ultimate purpose is to have our mind and body totally united with the love of God.

If you are a good member of the Unification Church, you know God is the vertical parent centered upon true love. Also we have horizontal, or physical parents, centered upon true love, who are supposed to be the ancestors of all mankind.

The Christian world today commonly describes God as sacred, high, and holy, while creation is low, filthy, unholy, and secular. Yet people call God “Father”; it is a contradiction. For the most high, holy being to be called Father by the lowliest secular being doesn’t make sense unless there is some special relationship between God and people. A handkerchief is probably worth less than one dollar; but it has a special meaning if given to you by your lover-it becomes a precious treasure. Unless there is a blood lineage connecting parents and children, there is no real meaning to that relationship.

Love has certain characteristics: for instance, it always travels the shortest distance at the fastest possible speed because it wants to find fulfillment very quickly. Since God is above us in heaven, the shortest possible distance for His love to travel to us on earth is by a vertical line.

When God’s love comes down in a vertical line, and crosses with true horizontal love, that juncture should be at a 90 degree angle. It must be 90 degrees. Men represent east and women represent west, therefore, they must meet in the center.

Babies are born with no cognizance their only interest is the milk bottle. However, as they grow up, they discover their immediate environment, mom and dad, their family and their home. As the children grow up, they see insects, birds, and little animals, and soon discover that there are males and females. Next, they learn that male and female are there to love each other, and that through the love among the animals multiplication occurs. God created nature as the textbook of love for men and women. As they become teenagers, men suddenly realize they are supposed to have a subject-object relationship with women. Women also realize, “The most priceless thing under the sun is men.” Up until that point, parents and brothers and sisters are the most important, but then men and women come to the realization that they were born for the sake of each other. The time from birth to maturity as men and women is called the growth period. It was during this growth period of the original man and woman that the tragedy of the fall of man occurred. What is more precious, power or love? Would you want to swap true love for money, power, or knowledge? Why do you like true love so much? It is the only thing that can bring harmony between mind and body, men and women. The five senses of man are focused on only one thing-detecting true love. True love alone can excite every cell in your body. All other powers just keep your cells dormant. The power of true love unifies spiritual body cells and physical body cells. Every creature strives toward the attainment of true love.

Which is more precious God or true love? Will true love chase after God or will God chase after true love? Absolute value is a lonely place; happiness and peace come when you have a partner.

Suppose there is a grandfather and a grandchild. The young child is not very conscious of the grandfather, but the grandfather wants to touch the child’s face and lets the child play with his nose and ears. It seems that he loses his dignity. The grandfather doesn’t ask the child to bow down to him. When the grandchild gets a little bigger, he becomes a rascal and climbs over the back of the grandfather, pulling his ears and biting his nose. Do you think the grandfather should say, “You, Satan, get behind me”? On the contrary, when the little child is climbing up the back of the grandfather, the grandfather would support his legs so that the grandchild can climb all the way up to the top of his head, because the grandfather enjoys it. It is the same with God who is truly the greatest grandfather. In terms of love, he doesn’t care about his dignity or his position.

In one way, true love is very confusing for it seems to have no discipline or order. Yet, there really is order and joy. True love has unifying power.

Is your search for true love or for God? Ask God the same question: “God, are you looking for God or are you looking for true love?” God would say, “I want to find true love, of course.” After you have obtained true love, you feel that is everything. True love has harmonizing power, perfection power, every power. Therefore, God without true love could not be God. You might hit God once, and that could be forgiven; but for those who violate true love, there is no forgiveness.

Why do men and women get together and love each other? Many of you have been blessed. and there are also those who are the candidates to be blessed. Why do you want to have the Blessing? The Blessing entitles you to receive and consummate true love, which is the purpose of life. God has within Himself dual essentialities, so the creation manifests God in the two separate entities of plus and minus. Men and women are separate beings, but each represents one aspect of God. Men and women are the supreme creation, and all other things of creation are in the exact image of men and women. Men need women and women need men because God deliberately divided Himself into two parts so that the power of love has the chance to act. God created this universe to become one by the power of love.

Only true love can make a 90 degree angle because it is perfectly pure, God-centered love. True love brings the entire universe into one. When men and women unite in true love, God becomes a super plus, and men and women together are a super minus. Then they unite and become one. Marriage is bringing the divided universe into one by the power of love. It is a horizontal oneness which becomes a total object to God.

Let us say that true love is hiding behind the bush and God is looking for it, searching desperately. When God finds that true love, He will say, “True love, you give me a pain in the neck!” God would lose His dignity for true love.

We marry so that the entire universe becomes one with us. Today we are living in a world of false love . This worldly love has nothing to do with true love. In the Unification Church we use the word true: True Parents, True Children, true husband, true wife. Those are the entities united by the true love glue.

Men and women meet at the center point, approaching from both sides at the same speed. When they get very near, they see God’s true love right there. As the men and women approach the center, God is also approaching from the top. The moment men and women hit, God’s love hits. It is like thunder and lightning exploding. Why does the explosion have to occur? Because without an explosion, the two would never separate again. Some power has to separate them so that they will come back together again.

When you are in love your are sweating. Without liquid, life cannot be germinated. The universe symbolically represents this phenomenon through rain during thunderstorms.

True love has four distinct seasons: the love of spring is very warm, embracing, and blossoming; the love of summer is hot, intensive, passionate; the love of autumn, a little bit cool with each other, but still in love; in winter, still in love but a little severe; then spring comes again. God expressed a beautiful sense of humor in his creation. When the husband is treated a little bit cool by his wife, then he says “Uh oh, winter love is coming.” When the husband is approaching like a tiger, then the passionate, summer love is coming. When the wife is a little cool, then you know that spring love will come next. When winter love comes, don’t be too pessimistic, because spring is coming.

I have emphasized that most important of all is the 90 degrees intersection, so that love is always the same everywhere you go-east, west, north, and south. This creates 360 degrees. The most ideal place for true love to meet is in a circle, centered on a 90 degrees angle. Every circle has a core. Every energy line, in order to travel, has to go through the very center of the circle.

Humanity started out from this crossing juncture of true love. This is where new life, creation begins. True lineage should have multiplied from that point. When you expand that lineage vertically, it becomes man’s eternal spirit.

Within you there are two selves: the mind is your vertical self and the body is your horizontal self. Mind is vertical self, body is horizontal self. Those two are supposed to be united in true love to create one whole, eternal being. However, in order to bring unity between mind and body, they must cross at a perfect 90 degree angle for only at this 90 degree angle do subject and object resonate with the same vibration. This is the status of original man. God’s lineage comes through your bloodstream. The first thing is love, the second is life, and the third is lineage. Out of the unity and love of father and mother, life is germinated, and from this life, a lineage is begun.

When God created the whole universe, He invested every ounce of His energy, sparing nothing. Because of this tradition, all of creation must live for each other. As much as God invested every ounce for the sake of creation, we must live for the sake of each other as a true family

God does not want to have love for His own happiness. God wants to give love so He can feel joy. This is the essential principle behind the true love theory. Unification cannot be made centering on ourselves-we must live for the sake of others. God made this concept because He knew how complicated society would be in the future. Working for the sake of others brings harmony and unity. What is the difference between God and Satan? Satan is always self-centered. God centers upon His object; therefore, God is sacrificial and unselfish.

Today, American young people are greatly confused about the truth. They are trying to take more and more things for themselves; but it will all be lost. If you try to exploit people, they will run away and you will be alone. But when you constantly serve people, without them knowing, you will be supported by people and never left alone. That is the difference.

If you live for the sake of others you will become a central figure. People will follow you because they will be confident that you will protect them; they will want to come under your dominion. Jesus’ central teaching was to “Love your enemy.” If you practice this particular principle in an enemy realm, you will become their central figure. It may take time, but it will happen Jesus, by practicing this principle, eventually subjugated his enemy, the Roman Empire. This is my simple secret I am teaching you.

When I came to America, I was persecuted and criticized. Why do I not only survive, but also prosper? Because I practice this principle. I do not live even one day in America for my own sake, but always for the sake of America. America, on the other hand, is only trying to look after her own interests, so she will decline. By following God’s principle, I will always prosper.

In modern history there have been three world wars. In the first and second world wars the attackers lost in the end. In the third world war, the Soviet Union and the communist world are the ideological aggressors so they will lose. Compared with Judaism and Christianity, the Unification Church is the youngest brother. The older brothers are trying to persecute the youngest brother. Those who have power and establishment are declining while the Unification Church, which is always attacked, is prospering. Persecution is the greatest blessing that God has given to us. By this strategy we can deprive Satan of his blessings-they must be transferred to God’s side.

Throughout history major religions have always prospered under persecution. The founders of the major religions of the world, Buddha, Confucius, Mohammed, were all persecuted. All who were persecuted for goodness’ sake prospered. I am the only one who was persecuted by the entire world. This means that God has a strategy to turn over all of Satan’s blessings to God’s side.

America persecuted me to the ultimate degree, even putting me in prison. Normally people who are pushed into prison would like revenge. Instead, I loved this country even more, creating The Washington Times during the trial, with Insight and the World & I created while I was in prison. I created ICC to save America. I have absolute confidence that this principle works everywhere. I am the victor.

At the tenth World Media Conference in Washington DC, journalists from the Soviet Union and Red China were invited. Now they are becoming my ardent defenders. Those people from the Soviet Union asked the same question everywhere: how did Rev. Moon become so successful under such persecution? Now, the Soviet Union, Red China, and the United States are all trying to pull Rev. Moon to their side.

The minorities in this country, such as the Blacks, Hispanics, and Orientals, often feel persecuted and mistreated. They shouldn’t worry about the Anglo-Saxons. Whoever practices this principle shall become the central figures of America.

I knew this principle when I came to the United States 15 years ago. I made good result without complaint in a very difficult atmosphere. Now you know the secret of how to become successful. There is an example to follow. Any one of you can say, “Yes, Father, I am going to beat you. I will be persecuted, but I will work harder for the sake of others.” Those who will make the determination to follow Father’s pattern successfully, raise your hands!

My message today is very important. Because of the fall, we cannot detect the vertical line of God’s love. The horizontal line was also invaded by Satan. If Adam and Eve could have reached perfection, there could have been no fall.

The conscience is supposed to be the dwelling place of God, the temple where God can dwell. But this was invaded by Satan. We struggle with our body because we have two minds. One is the original, God-given mind and the other is our Satan-given mind. The vertical line always belongs to God, so Satan invaded the horizontal line.

Why can’t God multiply Himself? He is vertical, and multiplication always comes through horizontal parents. God’s children were supposed to multiply and fill the earth. If Adam and Eve did not fall, perfected Adam and Eve would be like the physical body of God. When you pray really hard, “Where are you, God?” he answers internally, “I am here inside of you. You are my temple.” The throne of God is in the deepest part of your mind.

This visible, substantial world has fallen into the hands of Satan. An original, perfected Adam and Eve would have created a true olive tree orchard, but instead we find only wild olive trees. In the satanic world there has been a Cain and Abel struggle. Cain has been growing through the eight different levels. Abel also is trying to go through eight stages of development in order to occupy half of the satanic world. Abel has become the right wing, and Cain has become the left wing. Evil, which has occupied the dominant portion, is declining steadily while goodness is moving up to the point of a crossing juncture. From that point Abel will prosper and Cain will decline rapidly.

I already described the strategy for how Abel must win Cain-not by attacking, but by being persecuted and then winning. More and more, the Abel realm has been expanding. Cain is God-denying materialism, and Abel is God-accepting theism. Satan’s world is centered upon a false parenthood, wanting to prosper under that principle. The Abel world has always recognized the existence of God. Materialism prospered together with humanism, which also claims that humans are just material.

The theistic Christian culture is becoming worldwide. Satan started the claim that there is no God, so anyone who definitely accepts this statement will be on Satan’s side.

This can also be classified as the struggle between the democratic world and communist world. The communist world became very powerful, occupying up to even 75 percent of the entire world mass and population. However, God will never allow Satan to get 100 percent of the world. The Soviet Union and Red China have reached a peak without conquering the entire world, so they are now declining.

Satan knows very well that the time for the Lord of the Second Advent is approaching. The Christian culture is the central culture of the free world, and its main hope is the return of Christ. The first Messiah should have been the original Adam and Eve, but that didn’t happen because of the fall. That ideal was supposed to happen at the time of Jesus, but it did not. This time the second coming of the Messiah is fulfilling this ideal that was lost in the Garden of Eden. God has made three attempts to restore the Kingdom of Heaven on Earth, centering upon true love. So the third Adam is what we are talking about when we say the return of Christ.

The Christian world today knows about the words “Messiah,” and “Second Coming.” But they don’t know about the most important term “True Parents.” Adam and Eve were supposed to be the True Parents of mankind. Then, Jesus was to become the True Parent, but that was not done. So the third Adam must install the True Parents’ position.

You heard in my March 19 speech that the worldwide dispensation must be fulfilled on the national level; there are three nations representing Cain, Abel, and Eve, and then the Adam nation can be installed. A satanic and a heavenly lineup must compete with each other. At the conclusion of that speech, I elevated each one of you to the tribal messiahship position.

If there had been no crucifixion at the time of Jesus, the Roman Empire would have followed and served Jesus in his lifetime. Christianity would have moved, not to the West, but to the East to the Asian continent. The Asian continent would have become the center of the Kingdom of Heaven on earth. Jesus lost his body in Asia leaving only spiritual salvation accomplished. For that reason, history and Christian culture moved to the West, completely one circle around the globe, trying to return to Asia. Jesus was to win the Roman Empire in his lifetime and thereby move very easily to the worldwide level. Asia would have been the center, with Rome included. This was not accomplished, so such a time must be recreated. Now the golden age of history is heading toward Asia

After World War II, there was an opportunity for worldwide Christianity to be united and receive the messiah centered upon the United States as the chosen Christian nation. After World War II, the United Nations came into being for the purpose of creating one world nation. This concept was God-centered but the United Nations never fulfilled this ideal because it was invaded by Satan.

If the Christian world had accepted Father at that time, we wouldn’t have had to worry about the rise of communism, nor the drug culture. People who now take drugs for an artificial high, could have been truly high with the love of God.

The World War II lineup was England, America, and France, against Japan, Germany, and Italy.

History always reaps what was sown. History was sown as Adam, Eve, Cain, and Abel. Because of the fall, there are two sets of these four; one is the Abel-type, heavenly set and the other is the Cain type, satanic set. These must eventually confront each other on a national level, as in World War II. The seed that was sown individually would be harvested on a national and worldwide level.

England was in Eve’s position, America in Abel’s position, and France in Cain’s position. On the satanic side, Japan was in Eve’s position, Germany in Abel’s position, and Italy in the Cain position. When these two teams fought in World War II the Axis powers lost. Hitler’s and Mussolini’s ambitions were to conquer the world. Japan was also very aggressive, trying to conquer the world. Those powers represented satanic greed and were destroyed during the war.

The mother power, which was England, united France and America as her sons, and then together searched after the Adam nation. Satan knew which country would become the Adam nation. Therefore, Satan let Japan, as the Satanic mother, conquer the Adam nation of Korea, occupying it for 40 years.

Ultimately, we must reap the historical harvest as it was sown. The Adam nation must be a peninsula nation because Christendom became centered on the Roman Empire, a peninsula nation. Jesus lost his body in Asia so his body must now be found in a peninsula nation in Asia. The Allied powers should have searched after the peninsula Adam nation in Asia. Christendom moved from the peninsula nation of the Roman Empire to the island nation of England, then to the continent of the United States. From that point, history has been repeated. Culture moved then across the Pacific and found an island nation, which is Japan. From that island nation, it had to move on to a peninsula, comparable to the Italian peninsula, so that it comes back full circle.

After the victory of World War II, England, the United States, and France should have looked to Asia to find the Adam nation, which was the Korean peninsula. If established Christianity had united with me and the Principle, then there would be nothing more to do.

However, the United States as a Christian nation, failed its mission to accept the second coming of the Messiah. So all of God’s foundation had to be reindemnified 1,300 years had to be indemnified in 43 years. Actually, 430 years is needed to indemnify 4,300 years of history, but you cannot fit 430 years into one man’s lifetime, so God allowed it to be indemnified in 43 years.

Because of the failure of the United States at the end of World War II, four major elements were lost: Korea, the United States, England, and France. Communism, the satanic version of messiahship, emerged. Through the principle you learn that falsehood always appears first, trying to imitate God’s side. Communism proclaimed the proletariat’s kingdom of heaven on earth. Stalin represented the personification of Satan’s messiah. Because of the failure of established Christianity, the nations of England, the United States, and France became prey to aggressive communism. The United States played a key role in this failure.

According to the Principle, once a person or nation fails a mission, God never uses that nation or that person again. This time God is continuing to use this nation because the United States is in the son’s position. Before the installment of the True Parents, the sons, Cain and Abel, and the mother, have to create the foundation.

After the failure of the United States and established Christianity, the lineup changed. Instead of England, Japan became the Eve nation. Instead of Italy, Father chose Germany as the archangel nation. Satan took the very best part of the heavenly side, so I wanted to claim the very best part of Satan’s side.

Why has America been chosen? Actually you must be very grateful to hear this, because America has been chosen again as the archangel’s position. Without Christianity as the foundation, the third Israel could not be born. Therefore, I have chosen America as the second Israel and have come to America to restore its position as a chosen nation.

The former lineup of England, America, and France was demolished after the failure of World War II. During the 43 year indemnity period, I regained a heavenly lineup: the father country, which is Korea; the Eve country, Japan; the Abel country, America; and the Cain country, Germany. These four countries must unite into one and return to God.

Citizens from these four enemy nations have worked for God’s dispensation in America. Now enemies are brothers. They have worked together for the sake of America more than they worked for their own country. After the fulfillment of this mission, these brothers and sisters should work in the Adam nation.

During this 43-year indemnity period, I underwent incredible persecution. Japan did not even give a visa to Father. Germany did not want to give a visa to me, and in England, the Anglican Church and the Roman Catholic Church united together against me. But after 43 years, which ended in 1988, I was victorious. These four enemy nations became brothers united under the True Parents. Now, all these people can come to one final destination: God and the Adam nation.

I can concentrate on Asia now because I set the condition of loving my enemies, instead of seeking revenge. I loved America more than I loved Korea. Japanese people came to love America more than they love Japan. The same with Germans. American Moonies, even though you are persecuted, you love American Christianity more than you love your own family. Through these conditions I can now work in my homeland. This is the reason I had a beautiful and glorious homecoming.

However, there is one condition remaining to be fulfilled in America. When America sent me to prison, it was equivalent to the crucifixion of Jesus. Therefore, this nation must repent and indemnify this in order to ultimately receive God’s blessing.

When we sent missionaries to 120 nations in 1975, teams were selected with three members, one each from Japan, the United States, and Germany. These three countries had been enemies, so by uniting they could set the highest possible example. There was so much persecution to the missionaries that they had to unite in order to survive. Plus, there was often only one room, so they had to eat meals together, sleep together, do everything together.

Through these missionaries, the seed of these four providential nations was planted all over the globe. Adam, Eve, Cain, and Abel planted the seed which multiplied into fallen humanity. We planted a new seed and it is growing up.

When I went to jail at Danbury, Satan said, “We won! We kicked Rev. Moon out of the Western world!” But without Moonies, the Western world cannot be saved.

Because of America’s failure, communism came into being. When I had my homecoming in South Korea during the 1988 Olympics, the second generation of the world came to Korea, including young people from communist countries. The Olympics helped bring about a most incredible victory for heaven and True Parents. The best young people from both Cain and Abel sides came to Korea and united under one common parent. It was just like Jacob meeting Esau, his elder brother, and embracing him in love. When these young communist athletes came to Korea, our missionaries gave them tons of McCol to drink every day, as well as other gifts and the most incredible care. They felt completely embraced by True Parents.

God’s ideal was lost on a peninsula, therefore, it will be restored on a new peninsula. This is the time for the consummation. When the Korean peninsula was divided, communism appeared. This time, when the Korean peninsula stands as a winner, communism will diminish automatically.

Kim II Sung and Rev. Moon are now confronting each other in an amazing showdown. Korea is a divided nation. North Korea is the most brutal communist country. South Korea is becoming more and more democratic. Rev. Moon is called “Father” and Kim I1 Sung is also called “Father.” But one is false and one is true. However, my message is always the natural subjugation of Satan, never by violent confrontation. Since my victorious homecoming, the communist world is declining every day. The natural subjugation of Kim I1 Sung is just a matter of time.

Today is the 30th anniversary of Parents’ Day. This is such an important Parents’ Day, but in the year 2000, we are going to celebrate the 40th Parents’ Day. Thank God, by then the Kingdom of God shall be on earth.

I disclosed too many secrets today-now you have to inherit them all. God’s ideal was not realized at the time of the first and second Adams. Now is the time to restore everything. All debts have been paid, for the faithlessness of the chosen people at Jesus’ time and for all the failures of the United States and established Christianity. What about the 5 billion people in the world united with God’s dispensation? How long would it take to build the Kingdom of Heaven on Earth?

The only thing that needs to happen now is for God, Satan, and Father to sit down together and sign the papers for the transferal of the ownership of humanity. Satan will surrender his claim, and true love will have won. Then one nation after another will unite with True Parents and follow the principle.

True Parents and true love have won the individual, tribal, national, worldwide, and universal victory. For the first time in history a true love bridge is being made between God and humanity. As long as we are on the bridge, we are safe from Satan’s invasion. Furthermore, this bridge will be a 10 lane highway where you can drive at 100 miles per hour.

Even if you don’t like this bridge, going in the Parents’ steps, it is nevertheless the principled way. You must follow my course, and then my victory will become your victory.

The three nations of the Soviet Union, China, and the United States represent the three archangels. They are the so-called superpowers, but they have to love True Parents: the Adam nation and the Eve nation.

As the universal Messiah, I have the power to anoint you as tribal messiahs. Therefore, you must inherit my messiahship. How can you do that? All you have to do is rectify the situations of the first and the second Adam by setting indemnity conditions. The failure of the first Adam is that he could not receive the second blessing. You were blessed, so your position is greater than Adam’s. I am like the trunk of a big tree. Each one of us must become a part of the tree by grafting ourselves into it. If you are grafted into the tree, then you already paid the indemnity for the failure of the first Adam. Jesus also did not receive the blessing. By uniting with the third Adam level, you can become a national messiah.

You are walking the path now as the family level and tribal level messiah. I am working up from the national messiahship to the worldwide messiahship. You are following my footsteps; Satan can have no accusation toward you. All you have to do is graft into this third Adams’ root. All of humanity will have one root.

God’s lineage will go on, bequeathing the tradition from one generation to the next. The condition is that you must love True Parents more than anybody else under the sun. Otherwise you would not become one with True Parents. When you go to you. hometown or you. home church in the tribal messiah’s role, there will be no more persecution, because I paid the debt. Follow my footsteps, gather the harvest.

Where is my hometown? North Korea is my ultimate hometown; it is your hometown, too. Now is the time for reorganization. The first, second, and third Adam are all consummated in True Parents. Therefore, I need to have 12 restored disciples, and then 72, 120, and 430 disciples. When you accomplish your homecoming, an organization of 12 tribes shall be made. You will eventually belong to a certain tribe of heaven. Your race, color, and nationality has no meaning. What has meaning is how much you can receive the support of spiritual world and truly create your own spiritual tribe.

Ultimately all of us will create the Kingdom of Heaven on Earth. That is our home on earth. The Kingdom of Heaven in spiritual world is our home for eternity. How can we return to those homes, on earth and in heaven? First, through True Parents; second, through citizenship; and third through homecoming. These are the three most important things for you to acquire.

My topic today is True Parents and the Realm of Liberation. You must have True Parents in your heart. True Parents includes all three Adams’ positions. The three Adams’ sons are all of humanity, spread out all over the world. So all people must be connected to True Parents’ name, as one family of man. You have found the True Parents, right? How about the true citizenship of Heaven? Homecoming remains our final job.

Liberation means to liberate God from His suffering, liberate the True Parents from their suffering, liberate all the ancestors in the spirit world, and liberate our posterity from sin. My responsibility is done, and your responsibility remains. There are 21,000 blessed couples in the world now, and soon there will be more. Those people will carry on the True Parents’ mission. They will move around the entire world being noisy, good troublemakers.

We are truly marching forward. My plan is that every city will be divided into 50 state names. Each blessed couples will belong to one section. We must be noisier than anybody else noisier than the Mafia, gangsters, drug pushers, and all evildoers. This is how to save the world. Can you do it? This time, let’s raise not just two hands but two feet, also. Let us pray.

LIVING IN THE HIGHEST HISTORICAL AGE

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

April 9, 1989
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

It is raining today. Does rain make you feel good or bad? The spring rain is like magic. Once the rains of spring arrive, nature begins to change. There are marked differences every day outside. You notice these things, don’t you? Whenever rain is about to come, the birds start singing loudly like a signal to us to expect rain. While it rains, the birds are quiet, but as soon as it stops, they start singing loudly again.

Many people say, “I hate rain because I hate to get wet.” However, rain is an essential ingredient for growth of everything in nature. When people state that something is good or bad, their judgment is based on their own point of view. Therefore, one’s self is the center.

History is the continuous record of human events. Let’s imagine that history had its own mind, its own personal point of view. What do you think? What kind of era would history prefer? For all the elements of the universe–nature, the things of creation, as well as history itself–what kind of moment in history do they want to rejoice over? For God and the spirit world, too, what kind of age in history would they really like to see happen? What about humanity? What moment in history would humanity prefer to live in? No one can live throughout the long time span of history, so what segment of history would people prefer to live in? It would be the most dramatic moment, the moment in one segment of history in which God rejoices, the whole spirit world rejoices, all of nature, the creation, rejoices, as well as humanity rejoices.

We have been living in fallen history. Suppose there had not been a fall. Then what moment would everything rejoice to see? When can God truly take joy, when can humanity and nature all truly be ecstatic? If such a moment had ever existed, it would truly be the most important moment of history, without question. When would that peak of history have occurred? You know, originally in spirit world there were only God and the angels. On the face of the earth, there were only two humans–one was Adam and the other was Eve–only two persons walked. And surrounding them was beautiful nature. What would be the moment when they all–God and spirit world and Adam and Eve–would have rejoiced together in their highest joy?

Do you think that everything was separated? Did nature go one way, God another way, and humanity another way? Was everybody looking for their own joyful peak in history, or would there have been one moment in which all of them–God and spirit world, nature and human beings–would have rejoiced together? How can God, humanity, nature and spirit world all come together? Is there a way for the entire cosmos to be united? Do you think that when God saw a man and woman truly happy, dancing around and celebrating, He would just look at them and shrug, “What silly creatures.” Do you think nature would say, “They are just crazy. What are they doing?” Would the other elements of the cosmos be apathetic to see human beings rejoicing? No, that would not be the case. There must be a moment when man and woman use every ounce of their energy, trying to express their joy in the most dramatic way, and God would be doing the same, as well as all things of creation. There must be one unified moment when all parties would participate in ecstatic joy, don’t you think so?

How great and giant God is. “How great Thou Art,” as the song says. Do you think God is giant, or is He tiny like a peanut? In our concept of God, God must be so big, so gigantic, that if you tried to grab onto Him, your two arms could never be enough. You could never embrace with God. There is nothing bigger than God. Therefore, you would feel that it was impossible to control Him. But you sometimes think, “I wish I could shrink God down to a small size so that I could hold Him in the palm of my hand and carry Him around with me.”

Generally, men are bigger than women. What if the big man could shrink himself and the small woman could become larger, and they could both be big and small freely. If such a moment of total freedom were allowed, don’t you think you would like it? God, man and all of nature become so excited and happy, they just hug each other and stop breathing! They want to continue that way for the rest of eternity. Then suppose everybody was holding their breath–God, humanity, nature–and then they all took a breath together. That’s resurrection. All these fantastic expressions Father has been making this morning–what is the magic power that will bring God, humanity, and all nature into one? What is this essential element? (True Love.)

You know, this morning Mother was holding two of her grandchildren in her lap. They were perfectly happy, comfortable and confident in the lap of True Mother, and I watched them slowly falling asleep. Their eyes just slowly closed and they went into dreaming. For a little child to feel completely satisfied and that nothing more is needed, all he needs is his grandmother’s lap. He feels, “I will stay here forever.” The power of love makes everybody feel confident and serene so that they can go to sleep peacefully.

What power makes the beastlike creatures called man and woman unique among all the other creatures? Is it their capacity for violence? Man and woman are very different from one another. Woman is small and she has to look up to the taller man, while he has to look down at her. When the two embrace, they really don’t fit properly since they are such different sizes. Perhaps, therefore, they should prefer embracing someone who is the same–would two women prefer to embrace each other, or two ugly men embrace each other? Why is it that these two very different creatures, man and woman, are attracted to each other? Why do they have that special kind of feeling for one another?

Imagine if a man and woman were just a chunk of bread dough. When they came together to hug, they would squeeze each other and what would become of them? They would each become like an hourglass in the middle from that embrace. Would they complain, “Oh, no, I look so strange, like an hourglass! I’m so unhappy and I regret hugging her.” Or would they say, “Oh, please squeeze me a little bit more and I can become squeezed in two!” The woman feels that it would be wonderful even if her top half and bottom half were separated by the force of his squeezing embrace.dramatic. So, you always demand more. There is no time when you feel, “This is enough. No more. It hurts.” Everything is sweet. What do you think?

If all these crazy acts happened centering on true love, would you rejoice over them, or would you criticize them?does this urge for crazy love come from? Humanity takes after its Creator–God. He resemble God. Therefore, all this craziness we have been describing originates with God, our source. Suppose my finger were your object of love. You would try to follow it whenever it moved, wherever it went. He can say the same thing about God. Even God is trying to grab His object of love. Do you think God would follow His object everywhere? Wherever true love goes, even to the bottom of hell, or to the top of heaven, it doesn’t make a difference. God just follows it and wants to grab it. The most amazing thing about true love is that even Almighty God wants to follow it. It can even make God do crazy things, such as following it all the way to the bottom of hell.

Look at the miner who digs coal for a living. The person who digs coal will have coal-stained lips after working all day. When he comes home and proceed to kiss his wife, would she say, “No, go wash your lips first”? Shouldn’t she be so glad to see him that she would say, “It doesn’t matter whether your lips are black, brown or white. Kiss me.” The power of love would draw them together and they would kiss, wouldn’t they? You answer that with such strength, as if you had experienced it!

Therefore, in love there is no distinction between race. Whether a man is black, white, yellow or brown, the power of love affects him the same way. White people have many different colors of hair–brown, blonde, black, red, silver, white–and those variations are all within one race. Imagine a man following after woman, trying to get her permission to kiss her lips. Wouldn’t he even run along behind her while her hair blew into his mouth for ten miles or more? That’s a lot of indemnity to pay for her love, but wouldn’t he do it? What about the other way around? Would you American women do the same thing to get to the man you love?

There is nowhere love cannot reach. There is nowhere love cannot go. Love is omnipresent. Even Almighty God has to feel that love, so His love object, God can feel contentment and joy. Does God sleep? He doesn’t sleep at any time throughout eternity? What power under the sun would make God sleep? The power of love, the blanket of love. Then God would just crawl under that blanket and fall asleep, snoring loudly. Imagine True Love looking down at God, sleeping like a little child, abandoning dignity and power. Would True Love laugh at God, or would True Love be joyful to see that?

What is the most precious thing you could possess? Yes it is true love. Could you buy true love? Could you pay money to possess true love? Perhaps you could find true love at a discount price. What would you be willing to pay for true love? You have to give your most possession in order to gain something which is even more precious. The most precious thing you have is your life. “For the sake of true love, I can pay with any part of my body. I will give up one of my eyes, or both of them. Or my nose, ears, arms and legs.” You end up looking like an egg–giving up everything! But because of that, True Love would stay with that egg-like person. Would he be happy or not? Contented or not? What a strange crowd we are, aren’t we?

Is there such a moment when a man or a woman would say, “Yes, I want to pay with my life to gain the object of my love.” Imagine a competition or auction for true love. Someone might say, “I want to give every ounce of my possessions, every drop of my blood. That is what I will pay.” How many men and women would be ready to make such a payment? Are you ready or not? What about you American women, are you ready to make such a payment? Most American women wouldn’t even give one little finger for the sake of their husbands, isn’t that true? American women pay everything by lip service, shooting out like a machine gun. All kinds of excuses.

True Love is observing American women and is shaking its head back and forth, asking, “How many pennies are the American women worth?” (Laughter.) What is free sex? Is that love? We will call it perverted love. It is rotten like spoiled food, smelly like stools. From the point of view of True Love, that free sex has no right to even come near it. True Love just kicks it away! When you behave in a beast-like manner by engaging in free sex, and then you get all dressed up in expensive clothing and walk around in a proud way, True Love is not fooled. The judgment of True Love is, “What a dirty person that is, wicked like a witches.”

Do people who engage in promiscuous sex want True Love? They absolutely do not. When True Love is traveling and sees that such women are assembled someplace, True Love just wants to pass on by. True Love doesn’t even want to touch that kind of people. So, if you have the desire for True Love, then you have to prepare for True Love. You’ve -got to be qualified. You’ve got to make an effort to be worthy of it. A total reconstructive surgical operation has to be done. Your eyes have to be taken out and washed, then replaced. Then your nose and ears have to be removed, taken out and washed with strong cleanser, then put back. You’ve got to remake yourself.

From the point of view of True Love, do you think you are qualified to receive True Love? You might prostrate yourself before True Love and say, “Please come here. I’m ready to welcome you!” But True Love would just turn up its nose and say, “No way. Get away.” The point is that everybody desires True Love, but what position or level or at what historical moment would you want to receive True Love? What is the root of that True Love? It is none other than God. Therefore, you must be pure, as pure as God, in order to receive True Love. You must be as clean as God, as noble and sacred as God in order to be entitled to True Love. Are you that pure, clean and noble yet?

When my words bring judgment upon you, you just stop answering me, right? You shut your mouth and look like a bulldog! But this is truly the problem at hand and we’ve got to solve it. We have to solve it once and for all. It cannot be ignored or skipped over. The greatness of the Unification Church is our understanding of the Fall of Man. The outside world, including traditional Christianity, does not know about this. But we know about it and we also understand that all human beings have been born with the satanic lineage. When we know that truth, can anybody be arrogant or boastful before True Love? Does anybody have such a right?

You have to grade yourself on your achievement. What is your percentage of satanic impurity versus achievement of godly purity? Which side is stronger within you–the satanic side or the heavenly side? Why do you avoid my eyes when I ask that question? Look me in the eye and answer me: Do you weigh more on God’s side or on Satan’s? God’s side? Does that mean you are so perfect? Everybody shouts out, “I like True Love,” over and over again, but that does not make you a recipient of True Love. Perhaps you say, “I want to find the True Love King,” and you go searching around all over the world. But you will not be able to meet him. He will not come to you, and you won’t see him.

Those who think, “I have absolutely no problems,” raise your hands, please. Who has more problems, the black people, the white people? Between rich and poor, who has more problems? In order to make yourselves attractive, you white people put on special makeup, go to a hairdresser, wear deodorant and perfumes, wear bright colors–trying to make yourselves colorful because you are so pale. You have the ability to add color, since you are white, but the black people can’t do that. They don’t have to put on any makeup, either. They are always dark, correct? How simple, and not so much trouble.

Who has the greatest potential to get closer to True love, white people or black people? Both, it is true, but first it is the black people. Black people are more likely to get closer to True Love. The Bible says that for a rich man to go to heaven is almost as difficult as for a camel to go through the eye of a needle. There is no way a giant camel could make it through such a tiny hole, so for rich people to end up in heaven is so rare, so difficult. Jesus was saying it is virtually impossible.

Let’s say the same amount of effort is being exerted by one group composed of white people, and another group composed of black people. The white people are giving to others and serving the poor. The black people are doing the exact same thing, serving and giving to others, except that those black people are extremely poor and needy themselves. Those black people are living under virtual slave conditions, but they are nevertheless reaching out for true love, going out and serving others. Let’s say that the amount of work done in service to others is equal between the two groups, but which one will have more value in heaven? Yes, it is the black group. You white people should answer this question and the black people should be silent. I want to hear the honest answer from you white people. Well, you are honest people. Yes, it is the black people. Now at least you can have hope because you understand the truth.

Which people are most like to go to heaven–those who are at the top of human society, such as the rules and people in power or those at the bottom, who are at the lowest rung of society? Which group is more likely to go to heaven? Which is it, first or second? Do you like the bottom of society? You have to go through the bottom of hell in order to reach heaven. Therefore, unless you white people really serve black people like your kings, with honest, humble love, you cannot talk about heaven.

Do you like to eat peaches? In general, the sweeter the peach on the inside, the more fuzz it has on the outside. Most white people don’t want to eat a hairy thing like that without peeling it. Well, the universe is very fair. If the white people don’t want to bite into a hairy peach and just toss it aside, the hungry black people grab it and bite into it, They are surprised with the delicious taste, and they are actually getting the better deal! The white people may go and try to wash the fuzz off that peach, even shave it, but the black people don’t care about such a thing. If they are hungry, they just pluck that peach right off the tree and eat it. They really enjoy such a fruit. Don’t you think a peach would prefer to be eaten by a black man who appreciates it, fuzz and all? Would it like to be plucked by a finicky white person who dislikes tries to rub the fuzz off first? Wouldn’t it love that black man more?

When you truly love something, you not only want to touch it, you want to bite it. You not only want to bite it, you want to eat it up! Not only eat it up, but you want to swallow it! Suppose you women love your husband so much, you just eat him up and swallow him whole. But the insides of that man are very dirty. After all, that includes his urine, stools, smelly saliva. Would you vomit him out, or do you feel that you don’t care? Which way would you be toward your true love?

Why do you think I am talking about such things? What am 1 leading up to? The important thing is this: The world today is evil. There is a lot of filth, dirt and unholiness out there. Who is closer to true love: the people who are very welcomed and celebrated by such a society, those who are rejected and? What do you think”::’ Yes, true love goes toward the rejected places in an evil society. But then when rejection is coming to you, do you say, “We are finished. It’s all over.” Or do you rejoice and say, “This rejection is proof that I have the potential to reach True Love.” When you are persecuted for your goodness, you know you are doing something right. You can have a lot of hope that the peak of history is dawning, the golden age of history is about to come.

In order to truly pursue true love, do you think you must become mien and women of courage and pride, willing to stand up and stick your neck out;’ Or can you be cowardly? Why must you be courageous? When God is looking down from heaven, He will be very proud to see His son and daughter when they are displaying courage. But He will not be proud if you behave like a coward. So God will give you more courage and energy to jump over difficulties and do more when you are exhibiting great courage to reach out for True Love.

Which kind of people does God like to see? Courageous or cowardly? Are there courageous men and women on the face of the earth somewhere? Where are they? Throughout the Reverend Moon’s entire life, he has been persecuted and ridiculed for his beliefs and actions. Let me ask you a very honest question, and you give me an honest answer: Do you really like me? Your “Yes” answer is very good for me, but in the past you must have had some resentments toward me, didn’t you? How about the future? Do you have confidence? Total confidence?

The key question is whether you can genuinely trust yourself or not. Do you trust and love yourself? How much do you love yourself? You want to search after the absolute true love object or subject, completely investing yourself into that person. Are you that kind of persons? This is a serious point.

The problem isn’t the universe or the outside world, the problem is always oneself. If I have a bad foundation, it is only my fault — only mine. If you do not have the right foundation, you cannot have true love come and dwell in you. Do you understand;’ The problem is not anything or anybody from the outside, not even Satan. The problem is always with oneself. The problem is my eyes, nose, mouth, ears, hands, face, sexual organs.

The world as it is cannot continue forever in the sight of God. The time has to come that we clean up this dirty world, It has to be wiped clean and remade. True Love is always staying at the deepest point or highest point. True Love goes deep and high. But today in the American society, look at what is happening. Go to any park, such as. Central Park, under the shadows of the trees during broad daylight, and what do you see? Very likely you will see young people engaging in lovemaking activities. True love is like the most precious treasure. Therefore, you have to know how to preserve it, how to hide it in the deepest part of yourself. That mean-=. you never expose it during broad daylight to the rest of the world.

What do you think? Do a husband and wife who are truly in love want to make love behind closed doors.. or do they want to expose themselves to the prying eyes of the entire world? It’s really private, something which they want to keep between themselves and God alone.

Think of an unmarried man who reaches the age of 50. That’s rather old, but do you think he would still have an interest in women? Actually, as man advances in age his desire for love becomes deeper and greater. Ambition becomes greater. Suppose he meets a woman who also has a deep interest and desire for love. Don’t you think they want to meet in genuinely pure love? Would they get together in some public playground, or would they want to go to some quiet, secluded place?.

Is True Love, then, looking for the noisy, public arena to express itself? Why not? It is because True Love always says, “This is only between you and me. Nobody can come between us. Nobody can separate us.” People don’t want to be public with their union of true love. Their love makes them shine like the sun, lifting them up into heaven. That’s the power of true love.

When a loving mother and father unite in love, do they want to be seen by their own children*? Why not? The children are the fruits of their love, their offspring whom they love, but they stay away from those children when they are engaging in the act of love. That is because love is the root of all life. Roots must remain underground and covered up. If the root of a tree gets exposed, it will die. Life itself is not the root, love is.

What about humanity? Can mankind watch when God is engaging in love? What do you thinks? Do you think God would like to be in love? So God is in love, but love is root, then God wants to be seen by everybody when God is in love? Which one? This is why God created in such a way that there are two realms, the spiritual world and the physical world. The animal, physical eyes cannot see the realm of spirit. The animal world cannot see the activities of spirit world.

God is vertical love. Do you think God’s love would like to be seen by everybody, or “Only God and I. ” It is only you and Grid. The most secret place. The most private matter is love. Between the Western expression of love and the Eastern expression, which is closer to the root? Yes, the Eastern way.

History has always been determined by the way in which people treated love in that particular era. If the discipline of love is more clear and moral in a particular period, then that age will prosper. Whenever the discipline of love becomes lax and corrupted, then that will be an age of decline. That is a law of history. Do you agree? Look at Rome. Why did it collapse finally? During the height of the Roman Empire, the people began engaging in all sorts of sexual perversions. Men took many different women during one night. There were groups of people engaging in sexual activities swapping partners. There were public baths and public nakedness.

What about today’s America? Love is exposed in the streets and all over the place, and people feel no shame to expose themselves in public — that is the way it is in today’s America. What does this mean? Does this mean America is in the midst of a great upward climb due to its disciplined love, or is America declining? It is a clear sign of decline.

The true way of love is to refrain from even touching hands in public. The truly loving husband and wife go into their most sacred, holy, clean and private place and there they engage in the exchange of love. The most highest, holy place is the secret dwelling place of love. Do you understand? Therefore, nobody will accompany you on that journey. You don’t want to climb up the top of the peak of the mountain with somebody else. You don’t want to share that glory with somebody else. You just want to claim it yourself.

Ask even those American women who engage in all kinds of sexual promiscuity, “Would you like to have a husband who does the same things you are doing?” They would say, “No, not at all.” That is a normal human reaction. But then she has a double standard. How does she believe that she can do it, but her husband cannot?

Animal love and human love are entirely different. Animals have physical love, in the open, out in public. But human lone goes deeper; it is private and holy, and it is eternal. That is the difference.

The greatest worry is that of losing one’s love. The person who loses his loved one is like a dead person. He is always looking back and sobbing over his loss. When you have lone, you have extra energy and vitality. But to a person who has lost love, broad daylight is like pitch darkness. Don’t you think so?

Some people in the secular world think they are just totally free. They claim their right to free sex and free everything. But there is one group of people going exactly the opposite direction. That group is called the Unification Church Those so-called Unificationists are very weird people in this society. He don’t even hold hands in public. Unification women always dress very modestly, not exposing themselves. You women even try to make yourselves unattractive do discourage attention from men. People in the outside world can meet anywhere, such as a train station or an airports, and if they like each other, they start trying to get close to one another. But here is a Unification girl with her shiny, attractive face and some man is trying to entice her. He shakes her hand and holds onto it, trying to pull her toward him. Then she just raises her other hand and gives him a karate chop! Bang!

You women can do all three actions — kicking, throwing, and hitting — you Unification women are fierce. You can do all those in a split second if necessary. You must be very proud of that! Nobody can bother you. The outside world is heading straight toward destruction, but you are rising upward and going toward greater prosperity by pursuing the opposite way. Two extreme ways: the direction of the outside world is one way. They go all the way in one direction. Unificationists on the other hand are going all the way in the opposite direction. Which one will survive and which will decline? It is not “Father’s way,” it is “Our Way.” Our way. This is the Western people’s problem: “MY house, MY country, MY friend, MINE.” But the Korean concept is, “OUR house, OUR country, OUR everything.” The-, just don’t have the thinking of “MY” things. The American self-centered thinking is a big problem.

Throughout the entire life of Reverend Moon, criticism and persecution have been coming. Is that because Reverend Moon is so ugly, so unappealing and uneducated? Why is it, then, that Reverend Moon has been the target of criticism for his entire life? It is because Reverend Moon has always gone against many things which the world likes. They want to do certain things but Reverend Moon says no. “No” to tobacco, “no” to drinking, “no” to dating and free sex, “No” to drugs and crime. Reverend Moon has so many “No’s”! (Applause)

People in the outside world are making a lot of money by selling tobacco, liquor, and drugs. Think how much money is made in the illegal drug trade each year. It is literally billions of dollars. And then along comes Reverend Moon, who is leading a movement of clean-cut young people. Once young people join the ranks of Reverend Moon’s church, they stop smoking, drinking, taking drugs, stop having free sex. They even stop dating! People say, “I’m going to go out of business because of Reverend Moon!” Such people united together and went to the government in order to try to stop Reverend Moon, There truly was a conspiracy in this country in which people tried to use the power of the government to get Reverend Moon.

Furthermore , after those young people joined the Unification Church, Reverend Moon sent them out fundraising in order to make money to pay for the church’s projects. Likewise, they work as volunteers, doing the work of saving this country and this world. Satan’s side says, “What! Saving the world? We don’t like that! If you are successful, we will be destroyed!”

What do you think? Is Reverend Moon the worst creature under the sun, as many people in the outside world have said? Do you agree with that? An amazing thing is happening. Those who have been opposing Reverend Moon have been declining, one after another. But the one who has been receiving constant persecution, Reverend Moon, has been climbing up the ladder. All of a sudden, he is coming to the top of the ladder and he realizes that there is nobody chasing him anymore. He is looking down upon the entire world. I am looking at you Unificationists. You may not be well dressed, you may not have the best appearance, but I see something much more important. I see that your eyes are shining brightly. You have clear, shining skin. I can see your spirit. I can catch it right away. The young people in the outside world wake up in the morning and think to themselves, “What shall I do today? Where should I go today?” But you jump up at 5:00 a.m. and say, “Let’s go out to Home Church, let’s get our fundraising underway! We’ve got witnessing to do! What about that rally?” On Sunday morning, you say, “Let’s go to Belvedere!” You have lots of places to go.

People in the outside world have been predicting, “Reverend Moon certainly won’t last more than six months or a year. His way will never be accepted. He will be kicked out of America very soon.” But while they have been saying these things, they have been faltering, losing power, going down. Meanwhile, Reverend Moon and his group — those who are supposedly on the verge of ruin — have been steadily rising, becoming more and more prosperous, always happy and high-spirited.

Now even you can see it very clearly. You look at America and say, “This country is declining exactly as Father said it would.” Look at the Soviet Union. They surrendered already. They know Marxism is not working any more. What do “glasnost” and ” perestroika” mean? Perestroika is the Marxists’ own sign of surrender. All right, then, both the free world and the communist world are declining. So who is left? Only we are prospering! Don’t you think so? You can see it.

In your initial years in the Unification Church, some of you might have thought, “I have ended up in the wrong place! I don’t belong here. Oh, well, since I’m here I’ll stay a little longer.” Then after three years, four years, suddenly you say, “Nobody else in the world has reason to hope like we do. We have the way of life which is truly bringing light to the rest of the world.” You know, your own concepts have changed. You can see this. The highest peak of history comes when there are two extreme groups. It is the highest point of polarization between two extremes. One is extremely secular and degraded and that side is criticizing the other side. On the other side, there is a group, which says, “No matter what you say or do, we are going our way. God is looking down at these two polarized groups. Which side do you think God will vote for?

What sort of historical age are we in now? God is not only favoring His side, we are at the point where we are reaching up toward God and He is leaning toward us? Are the Unificationists’ hands almost reaching God? Or are we at the point where God’s hand is coming way down and is ready to lift us up by the waist? What age are we in historically at this time? God has just started coming down? No! This is the peak. This is the highest peak of history because God’s hand is already coming down, lifting up Father by the hip, ready to catapult us upward. God is ready.

We are leading such an incredible life now. God is even serving you now, like your servant. When you feel tired, God says, “OK, get up on my shoulder and I will carry you.” When you want to go faster, He says., “Ride on me and I will become your automobile.” God will not only lift you up onto one shoulder, He will say, “You’re a little heavy on one shoulder, so get up on top of both my shoulders.” Your two legs are straddling God’s neck so your sexual organ is hitting against the back of God’s head. God can feel it. Will God say, “Oh, no!” Or will He say, “Fine.” Reverend Moon’s secret is this: the harder the circumstances I find myself in, the closer God comes to me, helping and lifting me up.

The same principle is true for all of you. You missionaries out there alone in foreign countries know this is true. Some of you have even been put into jail. At those times of worst difficulty God becomes closest to you, lifting you up and giving you revelations night after night. But when you are here, leading a regular life without any emergencies, God is not so close. That’s true. I know this well. Whenever I have met serious, dangerous circumstances in my lifetime, God always came to help me. Those are my proudest times, my own personal golden times. Do you understanding? Those precious, most secret times with God are my golden times.

So I have become your teacher. Am I an easy teacher or severe teacher? I will hit you in one eye, since you have two eyes. Hit one ear, since you have two ears. This is a true teacher. This is why most of the American people are ready to run away. There are approximately 240 million American people. When Father is pushing them, suppose that one after another everybody went away. Except for one. One American, courageous, hangs in there saying, “God and True Parents, do anything with me.” What do you think? Would that person be God’s choice — one out of 240 million American people. God’s chosen man or not?

That is precisely what happened to Father 40 years ago in Korea. The entire Korean nation rejected Father, included the government, the churches. Father was all by himself. So in terms of outside appearances., he was the most miserable, defeated man. But Father’s heart was never defeated. When he was alone, God was coming and became his cheerleader, saying “My son, Reverend Moon I am here with you. Don’t be discouraged. I am going all the way. You shall be the winner.” That was 43 years ago.

Suppose at that time, I had turned around and cried, “Oh, God, I am so miserable and afraid. Please, I need your help so desperately! ” I would have been defeated and finished at that point. Instead, I turned to God and said. “Thank you Father, but I don’t need Your help. I will show You I will bring Your throne!” My thinking is always positive. Once I began the course for which I was chosen by God , I was totally committed When I was rejected by the rest of the world, I simply looked at things realistically. I was healthy, I was not in danger of losing my life. Why should I have been discouraged or sad? Not at all. I had absolute confidence that I could do it. That is why I could say to God, “Wait and see. I will do it.”

God knows my character very well. Sometimes God has tested me. When the U.S. indictment was issued against me, I was in Korea. I am not U.S. citizen, so some powerful American lawyers told me, “Reverend Moon, you are entitled to stay in Korea. Why should you return just to face this trial? It’s certainly going to be a kangaroo court, so don’t come back here.” God was looking and thinking, “What are you going to do now, Reverend Moon?” Do you think I was telling God, “I don’t want to go back there. Let me just stay here”? No, I told God, “I’m going back to take on this battle. I will win the victory for You, God”‘

God even said, “Don’t go back there, My son,” but I responded, “Father, I’m going.” I told Mother, “Let’s go,” and we packed and were ready to take off for America the very next day. I appeared at the courthouse for arraignment. When God looked at my action, do you think He saw a disobedient son? Do you think God was excited, or discouraged? At that moment, God felt, “I’m going to mobilize every American ancestor in spirit world! They are going to hit this generation, and My son will win this battle in the end!” Who would become the ultimate victor was the question. Would it be this great big country, the leader of the free world, or only one guy — Reverend Moon? The indictment read, “The United States of America, Plaintiff, versus Reverend Sun Myung Moon, Defendant.” This giant country was fighting against just one individual.

Isn’t that dramatic and exciting? It was a difficult time, no question about it. In terms of trials and tribulations, it was the highest point. But at the same time, it was the highest point of history for my life. Should Father be very humble and bow down to the President of the United States? You may think President Reagan was a great president for eight years. I was the only one who predicted he would become president. After eight years, some people think he ended a glorious term in office. But actually, he was the one who allowed Father to go to Danbury. And he was the one who did not care about Reverend Moon’s situation at all. What do you think history will say about Reagan in that case? Was he a great president?

Reverend Moon is trying to save and lift all aspects of American life. I am extending a warm, loving hand. How many American young people has Reverend Moon already literally saved? Those former drug addicts, hippies and all those young people who were no good for anything have been assembled and turned them around. What about this? At least you American Unificationists have one good characteristic, one virtue no matter what the greatest secular leader may say, you would rather listen to Father than anybody else, right?

As you know, I have instructed all of you who are living in the New Yorker to vacate the place by April 10th. I told you, “You are tribal messiahs, so go out to your territory.” I expected some protest demonstrations on the part of American members, carrying picket signs, “Father, We Need More Time.” America is the great country of demonstrations, right? It is almost like throwing you and your families out into the streets. From a normal perspective, it’s inhumane, it’s impossible. But you American people are willing to follow my direction saying, “I will not let Father down. I will do what he directs.” Isn’t that the American resolution? How proud that makes me of you! You are great people! You can say that of yourselves, too — “What great people we are!” Isn’t that true?

I feel there is so much to say to you today. Our pride is this: We are living contemporaries of the True Parents, living at the same time in history. You are learning from True Parents how to practice true love in order to remake and bring a brand new history to humanity. This is the time of transfer for all of history. What a great time we are living in! The highest point of history — the time when you are living. Isn’t that true?

This is the dramatic meaning of the life of the members of the Unification Church. We share history with the True Parents. God with us as every moment of the day ticks by. The highest point of drama is occurring on the face of the earth. The entire spirit world has been mobilized. The universe and all things of creation are looking at this moment as the most dramatic moment of history. Think of it: In this time, you were born and lived, joined the Unification Church, and went through persecution with Father. You received criticism from the outside world, laughed together with Father, ate, wept, and worked together with Father. This is. the highest, greatest honor history could have bestowed upon anyone.

This high point of history will never come again. That one time in history is happening in our lifetime. We can serve True Parents, we can serve the True Children, we can serve True Parents’ grandchildren. We can attend the three generations of the heavenly family — physically In the past two millennia, Christians have been waiting for this opportunity, but they never got it. It is a joy, privilege and honor to serve.

Think about it. You are serving the three generations of True Parents’ family. At this time, everything you are doing, even everything you wear, becomes a part of history, an archive item. This includes the clothes you are wearing today. If you sack up your everyday dresses, overcoats all your life, they will be sought after by the entire world in the future. Museums will be constructed to keep those precious items, and after about a thousand years they will be offered in auction. “This is the sweater worn by John Doe in 1989 when he was working for the True Parents.. Here is a dress worn by Jane Doe during the Yankee Stadium Rally, and here is one worn at the Washington Monument rally.” What do you think? Would the prices be astronomical? Yes.

If even a simple dress is going to be that valuable in the future, how precious is your own physical body? How precious you are! Don’t you think your own self is something in which to take enormous pride? In that case, you must not only accept yourself, you must treasure yourself. You can praise your own eyes, since those eyes are seeing Father at this time. That eyeball is so precious because no other generations in the future will be able to see the physical body of the True Father. “Mine Eyes Have Seen the Glory of the Coming of the Lord!” Your nose could smell the True Parents, your ears have heard the voices of the True Parents directly. You have been mingling with Father’s family. Can you imagine the preciousness of the time in which we are living now?

You can look at your hand and say, “This hand created a peanut butter sandwich which I gave to Father, and he ate it! I’m never going to wash that hand again. It’s a true museum piece.” Even a pair of socks, or a lock of your hair. You Americans have lots of hair, after all. Your MFT shoes, your Home Church shoes — all of these become priceless museum artifacts for the future. Think about it.

Imagine an auction of your clothing taking place a thousand years from today. What would the people want to buy? Would the clothes in excellent condition have much meaning? Or those worn out pairs of shoes have more meaning? Those most shabby things, which were worn out in service to God will have the most value. Those become the most precious things in a thousand years.

When I went to Danbury, many members cried out in agony and fell to the ground weeping because of the injustice the government of this country was committing. Let’s say that somebody took a picture of you that day. Maybe your face looked so ugly and distorted, and water was coming out of your nose, mouth and eyes. But will that picture be a precious artifact in the future? Have you thought about these things? Once you have lived life with Father, everything becomes a part of history, part of tradition for your own family, your children, grandchildren, and all your descendants. Everything you do, everything you wear, every deed you do becomes a part of history and tradition for generations to come. Don’t you think so? Is this understandable?

Ultimately there is no question that Unification ideology, worldview and teaching shall govern this world. Amen? Amen! Furthermore, I have given each of you a gigantic, tremendous title: “Tribal Messiah.” Each one of you, including the women, has the title of messiah! Women messiah! Whoever thought about women messiahs before? But it has become real. What do you think? Am I telling the truth, or does it sound like a lie? How do you know I am telling the truth?

I know how you think. You Americans thought at first, “It sounds good,” but you didn’t believe it. You didn’t take it as the truth. Many people thought, “It sounds good, although it’s probably impossible, but I’ll join up anyway.” After one year, two years three four and more, you say, “This is amazing. It’s really the truth. I’ve gotten hold of a jackpot.” You are not dumb. Therefore, once you have joined the Unification Church, you test it out to the best of your ability. You tested Father with your ears, eyes, and by your own feelings. You studied, you worked, you followed. And many times you wanted to get out of here, but you always said, “Oh, no, I can’t do that.” Some power keeps pulling you to stay. That’s why you always say from your guts, “Yes, Father!” How wonderful you are!

This is the greatest honor that has been bestowed upon you. Do not ever stain it. Keep it holy. If you dishonor this Blessing, the consequences would be incredible, not only for you but also for your posterity. Your children and grandchildren will be the ones who come out and accuse you. That is the most fearful thing, above all. I knew that. Therefore, no matter how difficult the situation I have faced in my own life, I didn’t care! Compared with the misery I would face after passing away and receiving the accusation of others, it was nothing. No matter how much persecution I received in this world, I clearly knew it was easy compared with that. I could not look in the mirror again if I failed. I knew that. Do you understand? How fearful is that position.

Therefore, it is actually the easy way to continue marching forward doing God’s work. That is my situation. Recently tribal leaders in Korea visited my residence at my invitation. They wanted to see me, even more than some of you.. Many of them came rushing up to me, bowing down and conveying deep feelings of respect. Yet they are not Unificationists. This was their first time to meet me. They wanted to take pictures, they were so excited. More than you! Father sometimes follow you in spirit. Always you are thinking, “What a miserable situation we are in.” Then I see ugly face, ugly eyes, ugly ears, ugly mouth, ugly mind, ugly body. You did many bad things in the past, didn’t you? Shameful. Compared to you I observe outside high level people, I am amazed at how well they understand me, how much respect they have for me. Is that bad or good?

Father gave you what kind of messiahship? Tribal Messiahship. What shall you do? Already the cosmic messiahship, world messiahship place finished. Prepared this like precious mountain. True Parents are waiting for you. All you have to do is take the messiahship and carry it everywhere. Water pipe. You are strong, bringing that thick pipe down from the mountain, water running down. Many times people in the past were accusing you, but not at this time. Anybody who receives this mission and doesn’t make it a success will be accused by his descendants in the future. “Why didn’t you make a success? You were a Blessed couple, living at the same time as True Father. He gave you that Blessing as your foundation. You didn’t make payment.” How can you escape that accusation? No way. God doesn’t help you, Father doesn’t help you, Mother, too. Father’s children, too. All Unification Church too. How miserable you would be. Do you understand? I know this well.

That is why I have never stopped throughout my lifetime working to make a success. Same situation. You have to follow Father’s footsteps exactly. Wherever my feet went, your feet have to go too.

Are you ready this time, without any mistake, to become the Tribal Messiah? Will you go alone, or will your family go with you? In the past, the Messiah was only one man. From now on, you are receiving from me the family messiah position. When you were alone as messiah, you would be persecuted, but now you have a family, going out as tribal messiah, and you settle in your hometowns, doing the messianic work, you will be welcomed. Nobody will persecute you. That is the difference.

Yesterday at the Leaders Conference, Father that everybody be out of the New Yorker Hotel by April 10. Does that make you feel bad? When the Israelites arrived at the land of Canaan, they too quickly wanted to settle down. They became the prey of Satan after they went into Canaan, but we cannot allow this at this time.

You may think the Jordan is a deep river, like the Hudson, but it is not. People can walk across it at certain points. Even if you don’t completely cross over, even if one foot is still in the water and one hand is touching the land of Canaan, then you lie down and sleep, that’s okay. And if you die in that position, that’s okay, too. That’s okay. You touched the ground, the goal.

Don’t you think that even the most foolish, dumb American cannot help but understand Fathers” sermon this morning, correct? Have your legs become lighter or heavier this morning? Do you think my 70-year-old legs are lighter than your 30-year-old legs? No, your young legs are lighter! Let me ask you, do you want to come ahead of me, or lag behind me?’ When the Jordan River is right in front of you and you can see Canaan on the other side, that is the time when you must not rest. That is the time when you must move forward with even greater vigor. If someone is lagging behind, you just push them forward. That is exactly what I’m doing to you.

When they were in the wilderness, unable to see the Jordan and Canaan, they didn’t have much hope. That’s why Moses had to keep pushing and telling them to follow him. But as soon as their eyes could see the Jordan River, they started running ahead of Moses and crossed before him into the Land of Canaan. That was the way it should be. The Israelites were go excited and happy, crossing the river and dashing over into Canaan, ready to occupy the territory. Moses stayed behind, the old man who couldn’t keep up with them. Did Moses complain, “How could you do that to me? You just crossed over and left me behind! ” No, Moses only felt, “God bless you, my children, go and create your kingdom.” He was so proud and happy to see them, saying to God , “God, look at those courageous Israelites, they are greater than I. Please bless and help them in the future and forever!” When God heard such a prayer, He said, “You are a great leader. I will see that your prayer is fulfilled. Please take a rest now.” How wonderful that was.

I have thought about Moses’ situation. You have been following me, but now I want to see you going ahead of me. I am getting very tired. It has been a long journey. Now that we are getting to our own Jordan River, I want to see you running ahead and crossing courageously and eagerly. I will feel the same thing as Moses to see my people, “How wonderful they are.” Can you do it? Really? But you are Americans and I am a Korean! We are a different race. Moses and his people were the same race, after all. Are we a different race? (No, we are the True Love race.) You sound good. We are the True Love race, correct? We contain all the colors and races of man, we are the Love Race. That means we are all one. Not dual race, just one race.

“Well, Father,” you say, “I have listened to you many times in the past but it was only halfheartedly. This time at this highest peak of history, I will not let you down again. I am going to my tribal messiahship and claim my territory. I am going to claim my people and win the victory for you.” Yes or no? For you and your posterity, this is like the organization of the twelve tribes of Israel. During Moses time, the land of Canaan was a small area. But now during the 20th century, our Canaan is the entire globe. Wherever you go, that is the land of Canaan. One nation, one country of the world under God. One global nation under God.

Therefore, you can’t move out. Korea is Canaan, America is Canaan, Africa is Canaan, so is South America and so forth. At the time of Moses, the Israelites did not obey the law when they moved into Canaan. They did not clean up the land. They became contaminated by the pagan people who were living according to satanic customs. But this time when you go into Canaan living according to heavenly tradition, the people will welcome and embrace your way of life. The reason is that their own way is crumbling before their eyes. Their families, nation and culture are failing in the face of all the drugs, crime and all those terrible things. They know they have to change. They see hope in you. That is a key difference between the time of Moses and now.

The Israelites entered Canaan and were envious of the people there who were living well and appeared happy. So the Israelites became absorbed by that alien culture. But now that the outside world’s culture is so obviously crumbling, including the United States and the Soviet Union, there is nothing attractive there. The only bright spot is you. In you the outside world is finding hope. Father’s teaching alone brings hope. That’s why they will come to you, instead of you coming to them.

You shall be prosperous, you have a great way of life and ideology that you can be proud of. Those Israelites of the past were envious of the Canaanites and their possessions. They even married their women. Seven tribes. They wanted to become a part of that prosperity, hoping to gain wealth, but eventually they became slaves to them. They entered the land of Canaan and became beggars.

Everything looked good, so they followed the culture there. They actually made the foundation for their own destruction in the future. Do you understand? At this time, we are the center. The outside world is corrupt, decaying, without hope. They look over at Unificationists’ place and see hope. They want to come over.

Therefore, as a tribal messiah, you must be bold and strong and push forward. Everything will be moved by you. You hit and the other side will retreat. You are protected by the power of God, True Parents, true family, and the Unification Church. That is like your own fortress as you go marching onward. The one way course.

We need to make a resolution today to be as serious as Father going into the prison. You think that, “I am going to be as serious as Father at that time. I am going out with that determination to become the Tribal Messiah.” That is the resolution we are going to make today. Are you ready? Yes or no? You are not alone. You and your family cannot follow your physical parents’ tradition, grandparents’ tradition, and so forth. Now you are following True Parents’ tradition. A new tradition has come down to your children. Unless you follow this, your family will be corrupted by the secular, hedonistic culture. To become the messiah, you have to be absolutely correct, absolutely right. You are moving toward perfection now. Father gave you the title of messiahship. This is the highest point of history.

You shall be praised by heaven and earth. That is the kind of tribal messiah we shall become. Those who say, “Yes, Father, I am a tribal messiah. I will do it. Trust us, True Parents. Thank you, Father.” raise your hands please.

Let us pray

LET US LIVE WELL

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

April 2, 1989
Belvedere
Translator – Sang Kil Han

When we say let us live well together, within “us” are included many elements. It involves man and woman as the center of the family, the family as the center of the country, the country as the center of the world, and so on, all the way to the cosmos. Everything is contained there, so is “us” a small, simple word or a complicated one?

There are many different concepts about living well. For instance, one woman might want to live well for her own selfish purposes. She might feel that living well means being able to accumulate beautiful things. Seeing an expensive gem such as a diamond, she will want to possess it in order to show it off to her friends. When she meets a handsome man, she would want him as her boyfriend in order to make other women jealous. That is her idea of living well.

What about a woman who wants to be close to God? Would she seek to serve God at His feet, or at His head? Would she want to live at the top or at the foot of God? Yes, she would want to be at the top.

Both a beautiful woman and a homely one will try to live well. Which would be more likely to wear cosmetics and make herself up? Actually, if you think according to their purpose, cosmetics are hardly needed by a beautiful woman. Perhaps she might need a little lipstick but not much more. The homely woman, on the other hand, needs to work a lot harder to make herself attractive. However, the reality is that the more attractive woman tends to wear more makeup. That is an example of confusion about living well.

What is it, really, to live well? Let us consider the air we breathe. Does the air live well? Imagine if air molecules were floating around and came to a big hole somewhere and said, “I don’t want to go in there. I’ve been oppressed and pushed around all my life. I can’t stand it! I want to go up, not down.” That, of course, is impossible. The air goes wherever it is possible to go. If there is a hole or vacuum somewhere, air rushes in to fill it up.

The two major life-supporting elements are air and water. Without them, we could not survive. Water naturally flows downward and accumulates to form a main stream. In a deep river, the water underneath pushes forward, while the water on the top seems to be just riding along. Suppose one water molecule on the bottom decided, Y want to go up to the top where it is easier to live. I’m tired of being weighed down by all the other molecules.” Of course, that is not the way water behaves. Water molecules just flow freely together, pouring down, filling in all the gaps that they encounter along the way. Water molecules never fight among themselves to gain the best position.

Let’s compare water to people. One man is like the water molecules in the surging mainstream area. How much struggle and difficulty such a man must have had. The property and characteristic of water is to fill in everything and go wherever it is needed, whether that is downward or upward. Like in the capillaries of the body, fluid can be absorbed in any direction. This is why water has the ability to support life, which is most complicated and precious.

If water could speak to us, it would say, “I occupy the most glorious positions in the world and also the most lowly and miserable places.” When we need to clean something, what do we wash it with? Water. Does water resist washing dirty things? It is capable of cleansing anything without resistance or complaint. That noble element even evaporates and travels around as a cloud. It does the hardest and dirtiest work at times, but it can also become a cloud and travel high above the rest of the world, seeing everything from the best vantage point. It has that lofty position as well. We should look at the clouds from this perspective. They do so many good things for us, and thus we should appreciate them.

People may enjoy the top of the mountain, but the animals there appreciate the lowest point in the valley as well. That is where their roots are. The lowest point of the valley is where everything gathers-insects, birds’ nests, animal dens and so forth. Sediment and mud settle there and it is more smelly. Isn’t it true that the bad, rotten elements will flow down, rather than up? Yet all the creatures want to live in that fertile area. The largest trees can grow there, and not at the higher levels. This phenomenon is true all over the world.

When subject and object come into a relationship of harmony, it is good. We recognize the goodness of that harmony. We all possess a mind, correct? If we follow our mind’s lead, where does it take us? Does your mind want to stay within one country, or does it want to expand all the way to the cosmic level? The mind wants to go everywhere, from a castle on top of a mountain to the greatest, most exalted places. What about the body? It is drawn to the lower areas, as we mentioned before. Can we let our mind go one place and our body another? No, we need to live as one person, mind and body united, whether it is up high or down low. For the body to go to the loftier areas, we need a ladder. As we know, the body always prefers to avoid tiredness and difficulty.

I have occasion to meet with many people in different places. Imagine if I could give each person I meet a thousand dollars. Perhaps I would give away ten million dollars after a short time. How would my mind feel? It would say, “That is a good thing,” and it would be happy, but it wouldn’t want to stop at that point. My mind naturally wants to keep giving to all the people in the country, even to all the people in the world. The mind doesn’t want to stop giving. When you do something good, your mind doesn’t tell you, “That’s enough.” Instead, you want to do more and more goodness.

What is the standard for living well? Is a person who is capable of giving more and more, without end, someone who is living well? But giving without end becomes tiring, doesn’t it? That can’t be all there is to living well. So the body puts the brakes on the mind. The mind is always looking to give out and not stop, but the body says, “That’s enough, now.” The body is the control on the mind, so to speak. We notice a very important point here. Everything has two sides. There is the outgoing force and the pulling in force, and both are needed for balance.

Compare man and woman. They are very different in shape and character. A woman is indented, while a man protrudes at a certain point. When a woman laughs, what does she look like? She usually laughs from the head and bends downward. A man, on the other hand, starts laughing in the belly and that laugh moves upward to his head. Even in laughter, woman is saying, “I want to go lower” and man says, “I want to go up.”

Can a man be happy living just among other men? Or can a woman dwell only with other women and be happy? Suppose the two most beautiful women in the world could live together? Suppose the winner of the Mr. Universe contest and the first runner-up were to live together. Which is the better combination-for the two most handsome men in the world to live together, or for Mr. Universe and the ugliest woman in the world to live together? Which is the better pair?

Some women may envy men for their freedom, particularly because men don’t have monthly periods. Perhaps a woman wishes that men also had to go through that experience every month and had such limits on their freedom. But which is more secure, the indented shape or the protruding shape? Certainly the indented areas are more secure. A woman can walk about freely, swinging her hands and looking at the scenery. But a man, on the other hand, has to be more cautious. His protruding part has to be protected all the time. When you think about this, you men might envy women for their once-a-month inconvenience.

For whom must you men protect your precious area? It is not for yourself but for your wife. When a woman marries, what is the most important aspect of her husband? Is it his handsome face? Although you may not think about it, after you have lived together all your life, look back and see. We can laugh, but this is a serious matter.

Some people have large goiters on their neck or the side of their face. A goiter is undesirable because it is unusual; people don’t want to look different. But imagine this situation: A princess insists that she will only marry a man with a big goiter. At that time, everybody in the country will envy the man with the largest goiter. He would be the champion. This illustrates an important point about life. Many times we decide what happiness or unhappiness means based on shifting standards. Sometimes what makes us happy can make us unhappy a little later on, and vice-versa.

The man who feels he is ugly need not worry about it. Perhaps a lovely woman will come along whose father resembled that man. Because she loved her father so much, she will want to marry the ugly man who reminds her of her father. That sort of thing actually happens. Does anyone doubt it? Therefore, you shouldn’t complain about the way you look. That so-called defect can be the very thing to bring you unexpected joy and good luck.

All of these points have to do with living well. Is your idea of living well to live just within set limits, or to travel in many different places? Why do you say traveling around? If you move around, you will not encounter limits because it involves circular motion. If we just follow a straight line, however, there will be always be a limit to how far we can go.

Do you need a house to live in? Even the nicest, finest house can be boring to look at after a while. It would be nice to move around and live in a different area, to see different colors and furnishings and so forth. Many household items are made of plastic these days, such as umbrellas, shopping bags, and so forth. What about houses? How about a plastic, collapsible house which you can fold up and take with you. Perhaps that will come soon. If you want to live with the least amount of trouble, would you prefer a big stone house which needs lots of maintenance, or a small portable one?

If our idea of living well is to be able to move about to many different places, then we don’t need a big house which is difficult to maintain. You can’t build a big house everywhere you go. Kwon Jin Nim once said that he would like to live in a tent. I wondered what made him say that. He would live in a tent right now if Mother would let him. Thus even at East Garden, the idea of living well might be to live in a tent.

Recently there have been many guests at East Garden, so Kwon Jin has eaten bulgogi for dinner several days in a row. Now he is saying he wants to go out and eat a hamburger for a change. I just can’t understand why he wants to go to some restaurant where you have to smell cigarette smoke and endure all that inconvenience, so I asked him if he was sure about that. He said emphatically, ayes!”

We can sum up living well as experiencing all the best things in the world in harmony in all four directions cast, west, north and south.

Two days ago, I visited a shopping mall to buy some gifts. It was a very beautiful mall. At one corner, some artist had erected a sculpture of painted tin cans, the sort one finds at a garbage dump. I realized that people enjoy the variety of the expensive items for sale at the mall and the decorated cans from the garbage dump.

Americans enjoy collecting antiques, don’t they? In Korea, on the other hand, people don’t like old things because everything there is old. New things are most precious and valuable. In America everything is relatively new, so anything which is 100 or 200 years old is very rare and precious. That is an interesting aspect of the human mind: if you don’t have it, you want it. That is a very important part of living well, too, isn’t it? To have something old, something new, something from east, west, north and south, and to live in harmony with all these things. Do you like to harmonize?

Can you imagine someone’s face having to struggle to live in harmony? The eyes might be wide open but the ears might say, “We’re tired, so we’re going to close up and rest.” Is that the ideal of living well for our face? When the eyes are wide open, the ears are open as well and the nose is also ready to receive smells. Each facial feature is eager to experience more things. Isn’t that the way of living well for our face?

All the body parts cooperate to fulfill a specific need. When the mouth wants to taste something, the hands reach for it and guide the food to the mouth. Here we can see clearly that when one part wants to do something, every other part wants to participate. How sophisticated that process is! The more complicated the process, the more beautiful and satisfying the harmony. That is living well.

What is required for a religion to live well? Is it enough for one denomination to achieve something all by itself, excluding every other denomination? No, that is not really good enough. It is much better for them to embrace everybody else. But how complicated and difficult that is-to embrace all the different religions is the most complicated thing in the world. In that sense, what is the most complicated religion? It is the Unification Church. No matter how complicated the process, however, our goal is simple: unity.

Which is usually the more successful church, the one which does poor fund raising or the one which is good at fund raising? For the sake of the goal, Unification Church fund raisers work all day. You have to get up early in the morning and go out into the cold air. Pretty soon the sun comes out and warms you up. You might feel like complaining against the bitter cold morning air, but then you can think, “God wants to toughen me up with this. He wants to correct my complaining nature.” Learning to control complaint is a great lesson. Opposite situations create harmony. Going from comfort to discomfort helps a person to be harmonized.

Do you all like me? You like me when I speak sweetly to you, but when I speak harshly, you don’t like me, do you? Sweet words are good; they nourish the branches that are growing out from your tree. When I speak harshly, however, that nourishes the root which is coming down from your tree. Everybody appreciates the branches, but most people don’t appreciate the root. Yet all the beautiful blossoms and branches come from the root.

Is it good for the Unification Church to encounter opposition from other churches? You have the opportunity to create a beautiful example of harmony when others persecute and hate you. When you feel no resentment in your heart and say, “You only do that because you don’t understand. I still care for you and I do not hate you,” that is a wonderful harmonizing action for you. For one man to hate and the other to love him in return is a beautiful historical incident. Do you understand?

The person who embraces and loves those who reject him will flourish; he will never perish. How have I become such a successful man? Was it by being welcomed and embraced, or by being opposed and rejected? Being rejected, opposed and persecuted and then becoming great is an accomplishment which no one can ever take away. The things I achieve will always be secure for this reason. From this perspective, what is the better way of life to live well by being persecuted, or by being welcomed? Be persecuted and grow; that is the better way of living.

Suppose someone walks up and slaps your face. Rather than striking back, you should think to yourself, “I wonder why he did that.” You must have that kind of spacious mind. Just as Jesus taught, “When someone strikes you on the right cheek, turn to him the left cheek.” Ordinary people say, “If someone slaps me, I’ll belt him.” It’s a reflex; people don’t have any room to accommodate and think about such a thing. You must understand that when someone treats you harshly, you should treat him with the opposite attitude. When you do that, he will one day regard you as great.

Sometimes you feel so much pain from others’ mistreatment, it is like a prickly needle in your heart. But by that experience, you feel something you never felt before and therefore you become a greater person. This is the way we must think all the time. Others may live well but never have this sort of thinking. Who is actually living better in that case? It is those who think in this manner. Isn’t that true?

If a dull, plodding man marries a nervous, hysteria-prone woman, he has to maintain equilibrium. If he also became nervous, he could not survive. One person dwells at one extreme, and the other at the other extreme. It seems they could never tolerate each other’s company. Yet suppose they manage to live together as man and wife for 20 or 30 years. By this coming together of extremes, they truly embody the ideal of living well together. A lot of people have different ideas of living well, depending upon what they enjoy doing.

I have been speaking for one hour and that was just the introduction! Now you can figure out the conclusion yourself.

Is God a lofty Being or a low one? Yes, He is the loftiest. God knows that all people, His children, have the desire to become high and lofty, just as He Himself is. God gave us this quality. Don’t you think God feels inspired to see even a humble, poor man yearning to become great? When God sees us striving for greatness, He is excited. When we are in a low place, we have an even stronger desire to be higher. Isn’t that the way people think?

That is the way the universe is-when one element reaches the apex, it has to go low again. Then when it reaches the lowest point, it naturally starts going up again. God is so mighty and high, yet He doesn’t want to stay up high all alone. Sometimes He wants to come down to the lowest places. When there is a balance like this, the motion is eternal. When God comes down and we go up, God enjoys seeing that.

If a woman and a man have the same kind of thinking, it cannot be exciting for them. That is a mediocre way of life. If you women look at your husband and he is always the same, day after day, is that exciting? What is your idea of a happy life with your husband-to live in a mediocre, boring way, or for exciting things to happen all the time? It’s really great to have a great man.

When a woman has a lot of children and raises them well, they are constantly coming to her and trying to talk to her, telling her how much they love her and competing for her attention. That is actually quite difficult for the mother. You can imagine such a crowd constantly pulling on your attention. You would get dizzy. Yet, isn’t that the ultimate happiness?

If you are going to be a mother, do you want to be the worst or the best mother in the world? Certainly, you want to be the best. Therefore, which is better: to be the mother of ten or one hundred? What about a thousand? The more the better. The mother of a thousand children will feel sorrow and regret because she will not be able to take care of all of them all the time. That attitude reflects the most precious mind.

So which is better-to have a large number or a small number of children? You American women especially, please answer me. I recently discovered why many American women are prone to nervousness. It is because they don’t have enough of an anchor line. They just drift one way and the next. They don’t know where they are supposed to go. But when a woman has a lot of children, they are her anchor lines holding her and making her stable. The hysterical woman can’t maintain a relationship with a man because she doesn’t adjus herself to him. That kind of woman will give birth to inferior children. A woman needs to be round-minded.

God wishes for all the Unification Church couples to have more than three children. Each child represents a season of the year which lasts for three months. If you only have one child, that is like living always in one season. How sad for the mother to have only one season in the family. Jesus had twelve disciples to represent all the months and seasons. In that respect, the mother who can have twelve or more children can become the greatest queen by rearing all those children. They are like the textbook of life for the mother. She learns from each of them. Each child is a base for understanding the rest of humanity. When the mother meets someone, she can think, “He is like my third son, so I know how to relate with him.” She has her own “reference library” at home by which to study and understand the human race. The mother who has reared many children well can have no evil within her.

Of course, that is not an easy task. Even handling one child is difficult, so having twelve or more is exhausting. Mind and body are always pulled and tired, you are always solving problems, offering consolation, constantly being pushed and pulled. But do you think this is a happy life? The smile of such a mother reflects twelve different directions. That smile is the richest, most beautiful smile. By contrast, another woman who never married may smile, too, but the difference between those smiles is like the difference between heaven and earth. Do you understand?

How would you prefer to live, with each race clustered together, excluding the other races? Or would you prefer to live all together, including everyone and every race? The second way is certainly the better way of living. Is that true? Are you sure? How fantastic it is to live with many different people and elements all together in harmony. The process of attaining harmony is difficult and painful, but in the end we can smile and laugh with joy.

I have always been inspired by the contrast in the face of a black man or woman. They have dark skin, dark eyes, but when they open their eyes widely they show off a flash of white. It would not be beautiful if the whites of their eyes were also dark. I have been fascinated by the beauty of that flash of white in an otherwise completely dark human body. That is a form of beauty possessed by no other race. Only in black people.

Black absorbs all the colors of the spectrum, while white reflects all the colors. When the colors are absorbed, they can then be projected. How beautiful and fantastic are black people. White people also have their beauty, but since they are reflecting the light they have a fuzzier outline, so to speak. Black and yellow, on the other hand, have a sharp clear outline. Therefore, every race and individual is attractive. No one is inferior.

The person who lives this kind of harmonized life may not have a lot of money, but his face will be crinkled with joyful smiles. How wonderful is this harmonizing way of life! Even though a man may not be able to eat breakfast, as long as his mind is joyful and focused on this way of harmony, he is far better off than some well-fed rich person whose life is miserable.

Where does happiness lie? It is everywhere, but it is up to us to find it by responding properly to life’s situations. Let’s have a show of hands of all the women here who wouldn’t like to have a queen’s position. Likewise, all you men who don’t want to be a king, raise your hands. No one raises his hand in this case. But before we can become queens or kings, what do we have to do? We have to accept and admire all the children. Is that an easy or a hard job? It is not easy.

Do you all love me? Why? You all look different- white, black, Hispanic, and so forth-and you all think differently, which is even harder to deal with. For me to harmonize with all of you is very difficult, a very complicated situation. Sometimes I feel a lot of concern about how to lead this complicated, mixed-up generation into the future. These next three generations have to be led over the hill, so to speak, and that is the challenge. After ten generations, your descendants will be much more harmonized. At that point, it won’t be so important to mix races and cultures together. White and white can marry then and, after ten generations of mixing, they might give birth to dark-skinned children, since the blood of the previous ten generations will have been mixed. You only have to think about these things, but I am seriously dealing with them. How complicated it is!

White and black are the two extremes. At this time, the white race needs help in order to be turned around and saved. They cannot help themselves or save themselves. When the Pilgrims came to this continent, whom did they encounter here? It was the Indians, the native Americans. Those Indians helped them very much and even saved them. If they had treated those newcomers harshly, the white people would have had no chance of survival. Think about how outnumbered they were by the Indians. Now in the present time, this nation is on the verge of perishing. White America could not solve the problems and therefore this Oriental man came and taught them how to change.

White people have rejected and oppressed all the colored peoples of the world-black, Hispanic, Oriental-yet those colored people are all helping the white people now. Reverend Moon and his followers came from the outside to help. The white people may seem to have all the wealth and positions, and they may be considered as living well. But we who are suffering and helping them are the ones who are actually living well, according to the universal, eternal viewpoint. Why is that? It is because we are going over all the difficulties, digesting them, and harmonizing with everything.

Within God are all the characteristics we see in human beings, but do you think God is more like the hysterical, nervous person or the slow, steady, person? Even when He hears something exciting, He doesn’t just immediately spring out in response. He is very steady and even stolid. God’s way is not so quick and immediate as human beings. This is also the greatness of the Oriental philosophy, the attitude called “chung yong,” which is not really translatable. Basically it means taking the middle course. Right in the middle, no extreme.

Here in the United States, it is not unusual for someone to take a job and then to quit it as soon as he feels like it. Not only that, he may not even say good-bye to his employer. In Korea or the rest of the Orient, this is a terrible offense. People will always say good-bye and depart from a job with respect. This is another example of the way of the middle.

Do we need both hands or just one? We need both, but why? Without two, there can be no harmony; one hand cannot function properly. What is good can turn around and be bad sometimes, and vice-versa. That understanding influences the way of life of Orientals. Even when they laugh, Orientals never lose control and guffaw at the top of their voice. They always reserve something, so it is like a halfway expression. Even if an Oriental man has a lot of money, he will tell himself he only has a little. He is storing his money for the sake of the country.

Do I have a lot of money, or not? My pocket is always hungry, always in need of more, because the money I have belongs to all the world. Is it a good thing to be in debt? It is not good, but I owe a lot of money. For whose sake? It is for the sake of heaven and earth, for people and all things. I always accumulate as much money as I can so that I can spend it for the public purpose. So when you go into debt for that purpose, is it good or bad? Why is it good? That is the only way for the universe to be preserved. This is why the universe wants to preserve Reverend Moon now. This morning I spent some time talking with my children about this point.

Once again we ask who is living well. Suppose someone as rich as Mr. Rockefeller is persecuting Reverend Moon and hating him, while Reverend Moon is loving that person. Who is living well in that case? When you observe everything and everyone following Reverend Moon, you can conclude, “He must be living well.”

You might say that America was living in perpetual sunlight when I came to this country and introduced the night time. Yet only by harmonizing night and day can this country be preserved and endure successfully. Is America a rich or poor country? Should the world help America, or should this country help the world? Certainly, this rich country should help the world. By the same token, should America help or oppose Reverend Moon? This country has been opposing me, but even now, I am holding tightly onto the United States and preventing it from perishing. It is not yet obvious to everyone what I am doing, but in the future people will recognize it. It will become much more clear.

What are we doing? We are suffering people working for the happiness of those who are not suffering. Unhappy people helping happy people. It sounds absurd, but that is the way of living well. When you encounter difficulty, always look down and not up. Then you will see those with even greater difficulties. When you look upward and see those with all the things you lack, you can’t learn. But you can learn from those who are lower and more miserable than you. Look at the oppressed and poor people of the world and recognize, “I am much better off than they.” You can have the confidence that you will one day be able to live as well as anyone, even though your present situation is difficult.

Therefore, you black people should not be sad or complain against your difficult situation. Instead, watch the white people and how full of complaint they are in spite of their comfortable situation. Say to yourself, “I am worse off than they, but because I can live without complaint, I am actually living better.” Sometimes the black people are not motivated enough, but you black people in the Unification movement must be very diligent. There are many ways to become better, to improve.

Is Reverend Moon a man of success or failure? You say success, but how do you prove it? What is the greatest result? You can see that I am successful because I came from a tiny country and worked here to help this gigantic nation. Now there are people of every race in this nation following my teaching. How many of you here ever wept because you missed seeing me? You have done that because of love.

Love is not clean and easy, is it? The United States has everything, including great religious leaders like Jerry Falwell and Billy Graham. Those leaders certainly speak better English than I! Yet you are all here with me. Why? Which river is greater, a long river or a short one? I came here from a remote area and traveled a long road. Do you suppose my journey was a happy one, or was it filled with difficulties? The river of Reverend Moon’s life has a lot of history and a lot of sections in it. After traveling so long, I am preparing to go to the ocean, which is the spirit world.

This river, which we call the True Parents, is the true ancestor of all those to follow. After you came to this river, you learned about history. You know what to expect in the future, you have learned about your present situation. But other religions, like short rivers, get stuck and then stop. The Unification Church is composed of people with great talent and genius from all different origins and backgrounds. That’s you! You people of talent have joined with me because I, too, am a man of talent. It is natural.

Are there more things which I do, or more things which I don’t do? Ask yourself, is there anything that Reverend Moon doesn’t do? I can do any sort of occupation. What if God decided to change my mode of life? You don’t know what God might do or what He might require of me. What is the strongest whiskey available in this country? Suppose I started drinking such strong alcohol, taking swigs from one bottle and then another, and became totally drunk. Then while I was drinking so many liquids, I would naturally have to relieve myself Would you say, “Well, he used to be good, but I don’t think he is anymore.” How many of you would still follow me if I was drinking? If that were the only way to open the golden heavenly gates wide so that everyone in the world could come in, it would have to be done. Certainly, God would command such drastic things to be done if that happened to be the only way to open up heaven. Well, it’s possible. In God, anything is possible.

By just looking at each of you, I can discern what you are thinking. Do I like exciting or mediocre things? Even when a person is old, does he still like excitement? When I get very old and weak, I may not be able to walk upright, but still I want to have an exciting life. Regardless of how old I may get, do you think I will be old or young? That is my problem! Even now I am working very hard. I have been standing up here and talking for almost three hours, not even thinking about the time passing. Nevertheless, don’t you think my legs hurt?

People follow many different paths and ways of life, but the greatest way of life is to adjust to all the different people and situations in the world. Harmonizing and digesting all this and then living well is the greatest life.

Let’s consider God. Is God living well now? People are constantly crying out to Him, “Oh, help me, please help me!” Does God enjoy hearing that all the time? What does God feel, however, when He hears someone praying strongly, “I will help You, Father. Please let me do whatever I can for You.” God is so consoled by that kind of prayer. It is the first time in human history that God has heard such prayers.

Many theologians have been claiming that God is dead. Now it is time for us to stand up and shout, “What are you talking about? God is alive and well!” We must push that God-is-dead theology into the ocean. God will say, “Go ahead and correct that theologian, but please don’t push him into the ocean.” Suppose you accidentally hurt that wrong-thinking person. God would say, “It was an accident, so you are not to blame.”

If you feel that you are an unhappy person, please raise your hand. You mean you are all happy people? In spite of all the hardships you endure and all the harsh treatment I give to you, are you still happy? That is true faith.

I have this attitude toward God: “No matter what You do to me, I will believe in You. No matter what kind of treatment Satan inflicts upon me, I will accept it and digest it. I won’t refuse anything.” Through that way of thinking, I came to know Satan’s secret and his characteristics. Also, I came to know the character of God.

I watch everything with great interest. There is nothing that does not interest me. I see the things which are really bad in this country and I always tell myself, “There has to be something good behind that.” When I see people indulging in free sex, I feel outraged and it is such an impossible thing to deal with. Yet, I know that there is some meaning and reason for people doing that. Then I realize that they are looking for true sex. That is 180 degrees different from free sex. So even though free sex is so bad, the right, good way is exactly behind it.

Look at those people called Hell’s Angels. Whoever behaves 180 degrees opposite from them must be Heaven’s Angels. They will be the ones to sweep away Hell’s Angels.

Good and evil are not so different at their starting point. Goodness begins at one point, moves in a circular motion and completes the circle at the beginning point. Evil, on the other hand, starts at the same point but becomes twisted and turns and does not move in a circle. For goodness to happen, there must be a stable axis. Law is that axis. If your actions are in accordance with the law, then you are accepted, but if you deviate from the law, you are not accepted. If that axis which moves things in the universe is in the wrong position, the universe could not exist. Do you follow? That axis never changes.

We see this in reality. When an emergency arises in a country, such as a war, particularly desperate action needs to be taken, so desperate people have to be recruited for that. Some convicted murderer may be chosen from prison to take on a special mission for the country. There have been movies, such as “Dirty Dozen” and “Guns of Navarrone,” about this point. Do you understand?

Getting back to our topic, when we see a person who can dwell harmoniously in any sort of society, we say he is living well. Whether he is in white or black society, he lives with harmony and acceptance.

You white people are sitting here on this cold floor without any chairs. Is that what you call living well? Isn’t that living poorly? Why not? It is good because it trains you to adapt to the Oriental way of life. I have observed many Westerners sitting on the floor in front of me, and sometimes they extend their legs. Just one leg is not so bad, but both legs is considered a total breach of etiquette in the Orient. Anyone who does that in Korea is almost considered less than human. The master of the house in which such an offense occurs will tell his own children later, “Don’t you ever do that!” You are learning how to digest and harmonize with the Oriental way, so that is living well.

If you learn to control your temper, striving to be considerate to everyone, you will become the center of the society in which you dwell. This is good advice, particularly for you American women. That is because you don’t understand how to follow the middle path. You so often tend to be extreme, expressing everything you feel. If a woman claims herself too much, she becomes isolated. But when you are the kind of person who listens to others, the talkative people will come and bow down to you in humility. Be a listener rather than a talker. Those who are more silent will have dominion over those who talk too much.

Also, those who laugh immoderately are going to be controlled by others who are more reserved. Remember the middle path. Have you ever observed an Oriental woman being chastised by her husband? Even though he yells at her, she pretends she is not listening. You might wonder how she can do that. But what happens? Eventually, that woman has control over her husband. Those who can keep silent are formidable persons.

What do you think? Is God a talkative, immoderate type, or a silent, formidable person? Then would God be moving around all the time, or is He stable and unmoving?

Which wild animal sleeps without worrying about being attacked by other animals? It is the lion. The lion can even sleep stretched out on his back on high ground, unafraid of any other creatures who might approach him. If a rabbit sat on high ground like that, he wouldn’t last long, particularly in broad daylight. The lion sleeps all day long, but then at night he wakes up hungry and growls. He wakes up the whole countryside with his roar, and when he moves, he moves very swiftly. If lions are like that, what about God? God is the Being of absolute power, so why should He be nervous or in a hurry? For God, one thousand years can pass without His saying even one word.

During the 43 years in my lifetime from 1945 to 1988, everything was progressing very slowly. How tedious and difficult it was. Those were very long years. This year at the World Media Conference there were journalists from China, Russia, and many other nations. Their applause for my work was truly from their heart. Did that momentous event come about easily? Has the time changed, and has a new time arrived? Yes, but how many years have I worked, how much have I waited for this time?

To you, 43 years might seem an impossible time to persevere, but when I look at God’s eternity, even those bitter 43 years is as nothing. My ordeal will always be less than God’s, and that is always how I look at it. Ten times 43 equals 430 years; ten times that is 4300. To fulfill the indemnity for 430 years in just 43 means that those years must be ten times more saturated with suffering. It has taken God 4300 providential years and still He has not been able to completely achieve the victory. Because I have only one life, I had to do it within 43 years. Otherwise, I could not have done it. Could I do it within my life span? That was the question.

No matter what happened, I decided I would never complain. If I had, I would not have been able to continue. Whatever happened, I had to persevere. So my life is never monotonous, never simple. It has been very complicated in many different ways. During that 43-year period of my life, I had to resolve all the conditions that were never resolved during human history, including the basic problems of Adam’s family. That means my family had to relive those problems and solve them according to God’s will. Likewise, Abraham’s family and situation had to be resolved. I had to relive each biblical indemnity point and succeed where perhaps 100 people had failed before.

Since I successfully represented all those biblical families, I could truly represent human history in front of God. Therefore, the conclusion is that to God, Reverend Moon’s value is unique in history. But have any of you really treated me that way? Suppose Moses were to appear from spirit world, with his beard and stern demeanor, and stood next to me. You are so accustomed to seeing and hearing me. Which of us would you respect more?

When you read Jesus’ sermon on the mount or the lessons he taught his disciples, you feel awe. Yet, have you ever really considered the fact that you are here? Have you ever been awestruck by this circumstance? Have you truly felt more valuable because of your historic position? That is a very serious question. Are you aware of the sacredness and seriousness of your anointed mission?

If you were in my position, would you want your disciples to be more serious or less serious than you? The teacher wants serious disciples. When I spoke last time, I stated that if the United States did not fulfill its responsibility, then Korea and the other nations in the line would be called upon, up to five countries. Failure by the United States, England, France, and Adam’s country gave rise to communistic countries. God could not take back His territory by Himself. His son had to come and reclaim it and dedicate it to God. What God loses can only be restored by His son. It was Abel’s responsibility to restore Cain. To totally indemnify 4300 years of failure of relationship within 43 years could never be easy or simple. Do you understand?

When this restoration by the son is done, God cannot tell him what to do, or teach him point by point how to do it. That is because it is the area of indirect dominion, so God cannot dominate directly. Do you think it was easy or simple to find the way and to actually go that way, bringing other people around? How difficult it is. The only logical conclusion is that I have to become more serious than God and be willing to embrace more difficulty than God to be able to achieve that. The way was so difficult that, after a point, Satan didn’t bother with me any more. He went around and tried to block my way, but he never came close to me; he couldn’t tag along because it was so difficult.

Now we come to the conclusion. Somebody has to take responsibility for history. The people who can do that are those who are willing to do more difficult things than anyone else in history. To be responsible for America means taking care, not of the good things but of the bad, ugly, deepest problems. That is what we have to take responsibility for if we want to take responsibility for America.

When you see some evil in this country, such as the prostitutes who congregate on 38th Street, don’t pass by and say, “That has nothing to do with me.” Rather you should think, “I am going to have enough influence to clean up those people and restore them within ten years.” That means you have to be able to teach those prostitutes the Divine Principle. Suppose you invited one of those women to a lecture, and you and she were the only people in the room. Don’t you suppose she would try to seduce you? Are you strong enough to resist such temptation? You must think of her as your sister or your daughter and have the heart to educate her. Because of that heart, you would be able to change such a woman. Then someday she, too, will want to go out and teach others as you taught her.

If you pledge to clean up those dirty areas of New York within ten years, what sort of life must you lead during that time? It must be a most committed, serious life. Every single day you have to do something to fulfill that pledge. But those difficult days are the elements of a well-lived life. Do you understand?

That is my conclusion. Better than living a happy life ourselves, we must live to make other people happy. That is truly living well. When we are living this way, the more intensely difficult our life is, the better we are living. I have a dream that one American woman someday will make this commitment: Y want to live under the most severe mother-in-law.” Then that woman’s life will be great; she will be the eternal textbook for other women who have difficulty with their mothers-in-law. How does that sound? Is that woman living well or miserably? By the same token, a woman might volunteer, “Give me the worst man as my husband, and I will restore him to the best person.” By spending her whole life doing that, she will have lived well.

Reverend Moon came to America and pledged, “I will reform Christianity here. I will solve the youth problem. I will take care of eliminating communism in the world.” Those formidable problems were beyond any government or agency to solve. Did I provide the solutions or not? As a result of my work, young people who were living according to the free sex philosophy have changed and are now responsible persons. We can now have absolute confidence to win over communism. Likewise, you young people here are confident to reach out to Christians and liberate them from decline. Therefore, you are all part of the textbook which Reverend Moon has written here.

You know that following me and my teaching will bring about liberation for you and the rest of the world. That is why you are able to spread this message to others. But it was not an easy path. Do you say, “Well, Father is Father so it was easy for him”? No, I have lived a very difficult life, but I have lived very well.

Not only members of the Unification Church but also other people in the United States have seen Reverend Moon’s textbook and they are following it. That is the only way for them to live. Therefore, did Reverend Moon do well, or not? But behind that victory, how many bitter experiences did I have to live through? The meaning of doing well is handling difficulties. History is evolving and we have to live accordingly. That is living well, too.

Those who will say, “For the rest of my life, I will follow the pattern which Father has taught in order to live well,” please raise your hands. I don’t need to explain any more to you today about why you should live well. Let us pray.

THIS IS THE TIME OF CHANGE

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

April 1, 1989
Belvedere
Translator – Peter H. Y. Kim

Do you see any difference in the world now and when I went back to Korea last time? What changes do you see?

We are not aware of the exact turning point between one season into another. No one can discern the precise moment when spring changes into summer, for instance. Within a single day, unless we are looking at a watch, we don’t notice the one second’s difference between morning and afternoon. By the same token, people are not aware of the change of the dispensational time period, but we are living in a different time now.

The most highly developed religions of the past usually were centered on men, and women were more or less left out. Women were not responsible to run any religious organizations. Why was that the case? It is because history has been looking for the central person, the Messiah, from the individual level to the family, tribal, society, national, and worldwide level. The Messiah should come as a man.

Because of the fall of man, Satan has been the owner of this world. History could never find the perfected man. In other words, no man could ever reach the original plus position. That means man couldn’t take rightful dominion over this world. The world is divided into the plus and minus sides. All creatures exist within the pair system, including the mineral, plant, and animal worlds. When Adam and Eve fell, the pair system was broken in the human world. That means the proper plus and minus relationship was destroyed. God’s providence became that of re-creation, and it was centered upon restoring Adam. God was starting over to make the true plus person for the first time.

The fallen world has never had a person who represents the true plus. Such a person is necessary for the restoration and salvation of the world. We call that true plus person the Messiah. What is the mission of the Messiah? He has to create the condition for a true minus to come into being. All the fallen men and women living in this world right now are the result of a failure. Does that include the president of the United States? No matter how famous or successful any kings or presidents may be, they are all results of a failure.

As history progressed, God raised up various types of plus persons within different cultures and religious backgrounds. That is why we have seen lots of different religions in the world. When people followed low-level religions such as shamanism, they believed in horizontal spirits, or gods. They didn’t have any vertical relationship with the one, true God. That’s why those religions didn’t have a straight moral standard. In other words, they didn’t have any connection to the vertical standard of God, so they were controlled by Satan. From that, we can see clearly how important the true vertical standard is. Without it, there is no true concept of man and woman, plus and minus. That is why people could live like animals and experience so much confusion. We see so much moral confusion now at the last days: free sex, the “gay rights” movement, and so forth. All these activities are being led by Satan and evil spirits.

In the animal world, certain types of male animals will fight fiercely to win the best females. The females don’t fight among themselves because the male is subject. But in the world of human beings, you don’t find any true champion of man. That true champion should be the Messiah.

As you know from the Bible, woman was created from Adam’s rib. That means woman was copied from man, so to speak. Many American women try to control their husbands and sons, but that is not the vertical way. The husband or father represents the vertical connection. The elder son represents the right side, and the mother’s place is the left side. That means she cannot control the vertical and she cannot control the elder son. These are not my words, this is the original Principle viewpoint. You American women need to know this point.

According to Oriental tradition, if a woman isn’t able to produce children, she may be kicked out of the family. The first priority for a married woman is to bear children. Woman is like a field to receive the seed. That’s why you are biologically different from man. Are those differences for your own sake, or for your children? Women’s physical characteristics allow her to bear and nurse children.

By raising children, a woman is able to understand God. When a woman understands the significance and value of her husband and then they have a child, their relationship establishes the vertical relationship. On the other hand, a man is supposed to love his wife and daughters, just as he loves God and his own father. In that way the power of love can be circulated in your family.

Because women themselves do not have seeds, they have to receive them from the man. When a wife receives the seed from her husband, a miracle takes place there: either a son or a daughter. The mother provides the flesh of a child, and the father provides the bones. Each person’s basic shape is determined by his bone structure, which is from the father.

As females grow up, they start thinking about having children. On the other hand, when males grow up, they tend to think about the world and the universe. This is because man represents God, who is seen as our father, while the earth is represented as a mother. Women have a tendency to desire material goods; they yearn for beautiful and colorful things. Instead of looking upward toward God, they tend to look down to the earth. A man, on the other hand, has the tendency to look up for something bigger and greater.

When you look at something, do your eyes work together or do they go in separate directions? Why don’t they move separately? It is because they are internally united. The eyes represent God. Therefore, when you look into somebody’s eyes, you can see whether he has a good conscience or not. You need your ears, nose, and mouth, but your eyes are the center point of the face. The mouth, with its horizontal opening, represents earth. The nose represents Adam and Eve, who connect heaven and earth. That’s why as a child grows, his nose is the last thing to develop on the face. This is more obvious on the face of young Orientals because their face is more flat.

You should have good-looking eyes, mouth and nose. When you look at somebody’s face, you should be able to draw a good, solid triangle between the two eyes and the mouth. The nose needs to be proportioned properly to create good balance on the face. Suppose your nose was wider at the bridge than at the bottom. What a funny, unbalanced face that would be! Even with all this balance, suppose you had hair in the wrong places, covering a portion of the forehead.

Particularly for a woman, having a big mouth and thin lips is a problem. She tends to be a troublemaker who talks fast, like a machine gun. Your face shape usually represents your character. If you didn’t have a nose, your eyes would look down at your mouth every time you spoke. In order to prevent the eyes from being constantly distracted by the mouth, God placed the nose in between as a buffer, high enough to block the view. Even if your eyes try to look down at the shape of the mouth, all they can see is the tip of the nose. Think about it. How busy your eyes would be if you didn’t have a nose! It’s no accident. God’s scientific calculations were behind the way all things were created.

You should have nicely-shaped ears. If a child has large earlobes, which signify his relationship to the physical world, it shows that his childhood and his life will be pretty smooth. In the animal world, the weaker creatures usually have big ears because they need to be able to listen well and avoid their predators. People with big ears are often involved in the arts, such as music, and they may be able to run fast. Deer and rabbits can run fast. They have big ears and long legs. Their body structure is balanced for their purpose of life.

When you look at black people, usually they have wider and shorter noses because of the hot weather their ancestors lived in. When hot air comes in, there is no need for a long nostril to warm it up. On the other hand, white people have narrower and longer nostrils for the opposite reason. Their ancestors were living in the colder climates, and they needed to heat up the air as it came into their nose. Therefore, nobody should have racist attitudes because of such bodily distinctions. They are all because of natural law.

When you look at animals, you don’t find very many snow white ones. Most animals have a brownish color. That is because the color of the earth is brown. In order to protect themselves, the animals blend in with the earth by taking on a brown coloration. Do you think brown is closer to white or black? Certainly it is closer to black. That’s why, in order to adjust to nature, animals and all those people who lived in the hot climates have a tendency to be darker colored. They had more sunshine. Is lots of sunshine good for you? Sunshine is healthy. White people didn’t receive as much sunshine as the black people.

In terms of health differences, who are stronger and generally healthier? If black people and white people live together in the same conditions for a long time, blacks will be stronger than whites. Just look at the top athletes in this country.

Look at the distribution of life on the planet earth. Do you find more animals at the North Pole or in the tropical areas? More dwell in the tropical areas because there are no restrictions. Animals can move around there for 24 hours of the day. The animals who are constantly moving around can run faster than others. Black people have hips shaped a certain way, which is different from white people and Orientals. Many black people are able to run faster than other people because of this aspect of their body shape. That is because their ancestors used to run a lot and needed a body shaped that way. The black people in the tropics used to take the fruit from the trees, just as the monkeys and other animals do.

White people originated from the North Pole, so white people have the tendency to kill and eat animals. The white cultures have killed a lot of people. What about the black cultures? Black people who lived in the tropical areas used mostly fruits as their food.

White people generally eat a lot of meat, seeds and nuts. When you crack open a nut, it has a white color. This is due to the great amount of oil and fat within. One of the reasons Caucasians have pale skin is that they eat a lot of oily, whitish foods such as nuts. In the tropics, there is an abundance of fruit, but you don’t see many nuts growing there. The black people usually eat the entire tropical fruit-the skin and every part of it.

Oriental people mostly eat grains and vegetables. That is why they are built differently from Western people. Westerners tend to have broad, well-developed upper bodies and narrow lower bodies, while Orientals are built more like a straight tree trunk. They have rather short legs in proportion to the rest of their body.

Nowadays people are able to dwell in virtually any kind of climate or weather, thanks to technological advancements. Even so, people generally do not dwell in the coldest or hottest climates. Most people are concentrated in the temperate zones of the earth, which represent the spring or autumn-type areas. Spring and autumn share many similarities-mild temperatures, windy days, and so forth-but the fact is that they are opposite from one another. Why do people prefer spring or autumn? In spring you see everything in bloom; in autumn you harvest.

What about the north and south poles? They are the points of axis. Great variations of temperature and a moderate climate do not exist there. While civilizations and cultures have expanded in the east-west direction, the south and north areas have not prospered as much. The tropical areas of the southern hemisphere and the north, represented by Russia, are becoming poorer and poorer, while east and west are becoming richer. The ideal situation would be for the distance between north and south, east and west to be about the same. Both should enjoy circular give and take. But now there is a big, fat east and west, and a small, weak north and south. This disparity in wealth and development is a major world problem.

Between east and west, where is the original point? The east represents the giving culture, while the west is the receiving culture. Although the east has been providing spiritual food to the west, the materialistic west has dominated the east. The wealth-centered, materialistic culture has used deductive reasoning to understand its causes-going from result back to cause. But the Eastern culture is opposite, with its inductive reasoning: it starts from the origin and expands from there.

When do you think east and west can become one? Western culture has come to the point of virtually denying the existence of God. That’s why they only see the physical bodies of man and woman, and they don’t see the ideal for human beings. Western culture can’t come up with the ideal character through its deductive reasoning, but with the inductive method, you have to acknowledge God as the origin.

How do you think man should live? Should we be centered on material things or spiritual values? What is the next step? Is spiritual value enough? The spirit represents the center, like the bones of the body which determine your shape. Our hands have their particular shape because of their bone structure. Why do we have lines in our palms? It is because of the movement of the hands, which is determined by our bones. If you lose some of your skin or flesh, it can grow back, but once a bone is lost, it is lost. That’s why spirit alone is not complete. Bones need the flesh to cover them.

God divided this world between east and west, representing bones and flesh. The west said, “Let’s just keep our flesh,” while the east said, “Our bones are sufficient.” Now a God-centered religion has emerged out of the eastern, spiritual culture and is trying to dominate the western world which is centered on the flesh and ruled by Satan. As we attack and push Satan aside, we develop and increase the power of religion.

Traditionally, the highest religions have called upon their most devout followers to abandon material wealth in favor of a spiritual life. Eastern culture has tended to neglect material wealth in favor of spiritual values. But the western religion, Christianity, has been accumulating material wealth and now they are living more comfortably. The message of Jesus Christ grew and prospered first in the European area, then it traveled to the American continent and the Pacific Ocean, eventually coming to the Far East. So Christianity received the entire wealth of the world and has been carrying it to the East.

God’s desire is for man to unite mind and body into one. The Unification Church is the only religion in history to advocate bringing together material wealth and spiritual values; we value and emphasize both, not abandoning one for the other. In reality, America, centered on Christianity, should have been able to bring together material wealth and also the Eastern spiritual culture and values. However, Christianity in America failed to do that. That is why Reverend Moon came here with the Unification Church and introduced Unification theology, which teaches the value of both the material and the spiritual. I have been working to recreate this country.

The world should unite into one harmonious family. In order to do that, we form interracial, international marriages centered on the love of God. That’s why we see in the Unification Church that western people have a tendency to prefer eastern spouses, and vice-versa. The trend in the rest of the world is for western people to go to the east.

You can see that the functions and characteristics of bone and flesh are very different. Therefore, western people who represent material wealth, or the flesh, should start to focus on a life of faith, whereas eastern people who represent the bone, or the spiritual life, should appreciate the material world more. East and west are meeting now. West should provide material to the east, while the east brings spiritual value to the west.

The Unification Church in Korea has been suffering both materially and spiritually. Western wealth should come and help Korea now. Eastern and western culture are both in the harvesting time.

Only those people who can deal with 12 distinctive characters and personalities will be able to join the True Parents’ family as in-laws. Jesus Christ tried to deal with 12 different characters and types of people through his disciples. He was constantly serving them. At the Last Supper, Jesus knelt and washed the feet of his disciples. Twelve disciples times six equals 72 disciples. As a Unification Church member, you should be able to harmonize with all twelve of the distinct kinds of characters. At the same time, each member should gain twelve spiritual children by going back to our hometown. Six represents the number of Satan. Since we lost that number, we have to restore it in order to make 72. And 12 times six equals 72. Twelve plus 72 equals 84. We have to restore this number.

To be qualified to enter the Kingdom of Heaven, you should be welcomed by at least 84 blessed couples, no matter what circumstances you may be in. Only then can you go where Jesus Christ dwells now. Do you follow? Another way to derive 84 is to multiply the 12 months of a year by the 7 years’ course.

All the numbers from one to ten must belong to God and no longer to Satan. We must restore number seven by offering ourselves entirely to God through this missionary work. No complaints, no personal opinions should be injected. The Israelites lost their country in 700 AD, representing the loss of the number seven. Once we restore number seven, it expands to the level of 70, 700, and 7,000, representing all of human history. Do you follow?

God is giving you the great privilege that, instead of spending 70 years to fulfill your conditions, you can do it in seven years. If you had to go through all 70 years living the restricted life which is the standard of the Unification Church, you couldn’t even marry. How could we ever produce children? In the past, the highest religions practiced celibacy, such as Buddhist monks and Catholic priests, but this is the time when True Parents have come with the Blessing. Just by going through the seven years’ course, we can indemnify 70, 700 and the entire 7,000 years.

Do you understand why this seven years’ course was given to you? Without fulfilling it, when you go to the spirit world, you will be told, “You did not succeed!” You leaders here, do you understand the meaning of the seven years’ course? What do we have to do in the seven years? We have to restore the material which was lost to Satan. You should devote the first 3½ years to the restoration of the material world. You also have to restore yourself spiritually, pulling yourself out of Satan’s dominion, so that you can belong to God. That’s the meaning of the second half of the course. You have to focus on witnessing for 3½ years in order to restore yourself. To begin with, you need three spiritual children and then 12. The three represent the archangels, and the 12 represent Jacob’s children, the twelve tribes. Jesus had three main disciples out of the twelve.

Do you understand the meaning of the seven years’ course? Have you overcome Satan? Are your mind and body united and centered upon God now? In order to deny Satan, you must deny yourself

100%. The best way is by enduring hardship willingly. Start from the servant of servants’ level and then go up. There are eight different divisions both horizontally and vertically. From the servant of servants, to servant, then adopted son, stepson, son, mother, father. Eight levels all the way up to God. Horizontally, it is individual, family, tribe, and BO on. We must go through that and overcome it. That’s the Principle way.

No matter how famous or successful you may be, you still have to go through this course. That is the only way you can be admitted into Heaven. Do you understand? Have you been in the position of servant of servants, like a beggar on the street? You go out to the street and raise funds while enduring persecution and mistreatment, and then you must return that money to the church. You can get back what you need from the church, but you shouldn’t keep it for yourself.

This message is given for the first time to mankind. You can’t find it in any library in the world. Who can explain the relationship between east and west in such a way? God and True Parents and also Satan know this truth. Are you Western brothers and sisters willing to sell your own house and car and marry some poor Oriental and live together in harmony? What about you people with PhDs? Are you men willing to marry a poor, uneducated Oriental woman and live with her happily? No matter the circumstances, the west must follow the east. If you deny this trend, your life will become miserable. Wait and see. Instead of a seven years’ course, your descendants may have to spend 700 years.

There is a cultural gap between east and west, as well as a great material gap between north and south. Because of that, I am embracing all twelve different human characters. At East Garden, the staff consists of more than twelve different nationalities. I never criticize or scold any individuals at East Garden. I could spend 24 hours a day pointing out things and explaining to the staff how they could improve, but I never say anything. I feel that if they stick with me for three years, copying what I am doing and trying to reach my standard, they will eventually be revived. I ask you East Garden staff members here, was anyone called personally by me and scolded? Even though I could criticize, I don’t. In that way, I am the most likable person in the world but, at the same time, the most feared.

I do not lead and teach people primarily by speaking to them but rather by showing them the way. This has been true throughout my life and I will continue this way. Think about it. The people at East Garden are rather constricted in their lifestyle. They don’t dance, sing, or do lots of things they might like. Your life is the same.

Within three generations, your descendants should be married to all three races. That is why, when I selected a spouse for Kook Jin Nim, it wasn’t from the 36 blessed couples, 72, or 120, but rather from the 436 couples. As you know, at the last Blessing, thousands of Koreans and Japanese were matched to one another. Soon you will see that many thousands of Orientals and Westerners in the secular world will be marrying.

Since the chief enemies of America during World War II were Germany and Japan, perhaps Americans should only marry Germans and Japanese now. Wouldn’t that be logical in order to secure an east/west relationship centered on God? In the future, within three generations 12 different nationalities and tribes will be living together. What language will your family use? Suppose the grandfather speaks English, the father speaks German, and the child Japanese. How could they all communicate? That would be a problem. How complicated it might be!

You might solve the problem by having 12 different language libraries. Is that ideal? How can we combine into one language? Who can do this, the British grandfather or the German father? Nobody can do this but the True Parents because they are the original ancestors. That’s why you must study Korean. If you don’t do that now, your descendants will have to pay the price. If each generation gives birth to ten or twelve children, after ten generations, the descendants would number one billion! Then what will be the model for your descendants? Which is more traditional? It is the central root and branch. So you’ve got to be centered on the main, central branch and root. That is the original ancestors and their direct descendants. Isn’t that true? The central branch is True Parents’ straight lineage. That’s the way your families and life will develop.

Why did the True Parents come from Korea? As you heard in my speech last time, the fallen Eve country dominated the Adam country for 40 years. In regard to the vertical relationship, that of father and son, Korea is the only country which is divided between north and south. On the other hand, you can see that Germany is divided between east and west, representing the horizontal, side-by-side relationship. If these two countries-Germany and Korea-become united, then the entire world will become unified.

West Germany, the democratic society, represents Adam who belongs to God. East Germany represents Soviet Russia, Satan’s side. They should unite and become one nation. Adam on Heaven’s side is represented by the country of Korea, whereas Adam on Satan’s side is represented by Germany. The satanic Adam country is divided into east and west, while the heavenly Adam country is divided vertically between north and south. The heavenly Adam country has the responsibility to help the satanic Adam country become unified. Therefore, South Korea should be connected to West Germany and North Korea to East Germany. Then the entire world will be divided between north and south, east and west. Eventually the world will be unified.

The key is the reunification of north and south Korea. You can see the similarities. In North Korea, there is one person, Kim Il Sung, who is considered the “father” of the people. Kim Il Sung recently tried to pass on his position to his son, instead of following communist laws and having an election. This is a reflection of Satan’s side trying to mimic the heavenly way in advance of God’s side.

This is the time of great change in the world. You have to understand what is happening. At any given time in the past, one central figure was solely responsible, but now it is a different time. This is the time that the family as a unit is responsible. The returning Messiah has to establish a family and expand it to the tribal, national and worldwide levels. By the same token, this is the time that each individual must work within the family unit and expand it to the nation and world. The family foundation was lost at Jesus’ time because of opposition and persecution, but now you are not facing that sort of difficulty. Now we can restore the family foundation. In order to do that as a family unit, we go back to teach our relatives and in-laws, eventually claiming the tribal level messiahship.

That’s why you have gone out as a family to fulfill the mission of tribal messiah. You are not working as individual leaders but as fathers and mothers with families. Twelve people will belong to your family. You will be restoring 20 years of Adam and Eve through the formation, growth and perfection years. When you gain 40 members, 20 men and 20 women, that will represent ten couples. Number 10 is the perfection level. When your membership increases to 40, then divide. Four represents the four directions. Those who fulfill this tribal messiahship by expanding numbers like that will be the ones who will become the leaders of the Kingdom of Heaven on earth.

The world will turn around quickly now. People equipped with Unification ideology will certainly become the leaders of the coming world. The concept of nationality-American, Japanese, and so forth-doesn’t count anymore. Those concepts only exist before you are married and engrafted. Once you are engrafted, you all live on the same root, the same tree. After you are blessed, you must learn the language of your in-laws. If you don’t, you will go through hardship.

Now, again, this is the turning point from the traditional time period. I have already established the foundation by paying a tremendous amount of indemnity on my own for your sake. Now you have to fulfill your own responsibility.

On the ideological level, Unification Thought is number one. No other ideology will be able to compete. Once our own nation is restored, no other nation will be able to compete with us. Our tribes will be the best. Korean people are outstanding. That’s why they are always making trouble, in a good sense, for people elsewhere. Until 10 or 15 years ago, there were not many Koreans in other countries; only about 130,000 lived in the United States. But now there are over 300,000 Koreans in the New York area alone. Some sections along Broadway and Fifth Avenue, and parts of Flushing, Queens, have been virtually taken over by Koreans. Korean billboards and store signs are everywhere. This kind of thing is happening even in South America. Koreans have become a problem!

Koreans are troublemakers, but not for evil; they make trouble for a good purpose. Koreans are causing problems in an external way in this country, while internally and spiritually, Reverend Moon has become a huge controversy. Yet I look back and see that more and more people are following me every day. It’s a strange thing! Who made that happen? I didn’t do it. God did it.

In this time of restoration, interracial and international marriage is very important. When your children and grandchildren are black, white and yellow, how could you ever criticize anyone on the basis of their race? God wants to see that time

come, so I am working to make that happen. Without such mixing, there is no way to unify the entire world. Regardless of your skin color, do you prefer to choose your own spouse, or do you want me to choose? That means the unified world will be created if you will just be patient for a couple of generations. You are young now, but once you are 70 or so, you may see that happening.

Do you see any other religious movement in the world which advocates and emphasizes marriage and family the way we do? The Unification Church is the strongest in that respect. Therefore, we must go out and take responsibility to fulfill and expand the messiahship. Once you restore the tribal messiahship, you will be able to inherit the vertical True Parents’ and the horizontal True Parents’ accomplishments. Otherwise, there is no way.

You might imagine Jesus Christ living in this time. He would first restore his family and then go out and restore his tribe, the Israelites. That is the responsibility you are given now. You are in that position. Do you understand? You are indemnifying Jesus Christ’s inability to stand as the tribal messiah. I have already paid enough indemnity to restore the worldwide level messiahship, so you can automatically inherit that, once you restore the tribal messiahship. In other words, you are now restoring what Jesus Christ couldn’t, the tribal messiahship, and at the same time inheriting what the Second Coming has accomplished during the last 40 years. You can inherit that cosmic level.

In order to do that, the persecution and suffering of Jesus have to be indemnified, as well as the past 40 years of persecution. Just as Jacob’s path was supposed to be restored by the Israelites, and Jesus’ path was supposed to be restored by Christianity, my 40-year course has to be restored by the Unification Church membership. Once you restore the tribal messiahship, I am ready to bequeath everything I have to you. There will be no opposition or blockage to that. Do you understand?

No obstacles lie in your path now. As you put your effort into it, you will naturally be able to establish your family, tribe and so on, prospering all the way to the cosmic level. Once the messiahship is connected with True Parents, there is a natural expansion.

We can see now that the trend in the world is for communism to become more capitalistic and for the free world to become more socialistic. It is a crossing point. For example, the United States is taxing the income of some people by as much as 70 or 80 percent. That is close to socialism. The second generation of both the communist and free world are claiming that they can’t trust their elders-the government leaders and their parents. They see the way the elder generation has been living; it is lower than the animal world. They want new leaders.

The crime of incest has become prevalent in this country. Grandparents rape grandchildren, elder brothers molest younger sisters, and so on. All sorts of sexual abuse is taking place, and thus we see social disorders and mental illnesses. The younger generation has come to despise the elder generation. When you can’t trust your grandparents, teachers, elder brothers and so forth, where can you turn? You are like a floating leaf with no root. Your mind is seeking some place, someone to trust.

This kind of separation takes place according to God’s plan. It is the time when God can replace the parents, teachers, and elder brothers with His own people. That is how God can shorten this restoration time period. Therefore, we should become bright elder brothers and sisters, God-centered parents and grandparents, hopeful teachers for the young people. We have to do this. Do you follow? This is the time.

Again, I am telling you clearly that this is no longer the time for following individual leadership, but rather that of the parents, the family unit. That is why I declared that the blessed couples should return to their home towns and restore them. Unless you go back and restore your tribes and people, you are not eligible to register in the Kingdom of Heaven. The basic unit to enter the Kingdom of Heaven is the family, not the individual.

When we speak of the Kingdom of Heaven on earth, the family level is the foundation, and everything expands from there. We lost the Kingdom of Heaven on earth because Adam and Eve lost the family foundation. From that point, they lost the tribe, nation, world and cosmos-everything. In this time, everything is being restored beginning in the family. When we make that kind of foundation, we will be protected by God. Satan can’t attack us. Please understand that this is the way we build the Kingdom of Heaven on earth.

Now is not the time for you blessed couples to just enjoy your family life. If you pursue that path, you will be lost. We must focus on restoring Canaan as a family unit. Without having that family and tribal foundation, we can’t expand to the national and worldwide level. When the Israelites entered Canaan, they had to face seven enemy races. But now there are no such tribes of enemies because I have already established the foundation here. You will be welcomed wherever you go because you are the center. The time is different.

The right side is now coming to the left, and the left is moving to the right. As we said, the communist world and the free world are changing places in so many ways. Why is this happening? It is because enough indemnity has been paid and the internal foundation has been established to create these external circumstances. The spirit world and the physical world are spinning around the center. I directed 220 different nationalities in the spirit world to come down and work with their own people.

In the future, even those people in the spirit world who were Mafia members will have to come down and bring the current Mafia people into alignment with God’s will. That is the only way we can unify the entire world. Even Satan has to serve True Parents now. God is making amazing things happen on the earth. These are changing times.

I am warning you not to neglect gathering together for prayer service on the first day of each month. We have to pray and work hard. Don’t just sleep while other people are awake and working. You are supposed to be working harder and praying even more than I. That is the way you can receive great blessing, like Jacob. Thank you.

THE END OF THE WORLD AND OUR AGE

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

March 19, 1989
World Mission Center
Translator: Bo Hi Pak

“The End of the World and Our Age” is the title of my sermon this morning. Nowadays there is a lot of talk about the end of the world, and many interpretations of how it will occur. On the individual level, one is born, lives and then the moment of physical death comes. The same thing occurs in a nation; a nation emerges, goes through its course and then its destiny comes to an end. Also, throughout history, different kinds of worlds have emerged with certain characteristics: for example, the communist world, and eventually it will also come to an end.

People have their own views of the end of the world, but what about God’s viewpoint? All true men and women have desired and hoped to have a relationship with an eternal God. If there truly is an everlasting, unchanging, absolute God in the universe, then the men and women who support His providence shall not perish but shall become key figures in history.

Historically, there have been many cultures and each one had its own view of world history. Religion engendered these civilizations, so religious history becomes of paramount importance. Ultimately, there will be one true religion that will prosper forever-the religion which relates to one almighty God. All others come and go, but in order to make an everlasting impact on human society, religion must be related to God.

Great philosophers also appear and fade. Philosophy and religion are different; philosophy is theory and profuse talk, writing and books. Philosophy can guide us in our search for God, but religion promotes both word and deed-the actual encounter with our Heavenly Father. That is the difference- through religion we can experience God. All great philosophy is eventually connected to religion, because it also searches after the cause of the universe. When philosophy finds God, it should develop into a religion in order to make an impact on human lives.

There have been many great religions in the Orient and in the West: Confucianism, Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam and Christianity, for example. At the center of each of these religions is a sagacious savior or prophet. From such men and women chosen by God, the great religions emerged. We come to the conclusion that, ultimately, mankind must encounter God. God must be in the center, surrounded by east, west, north and south.

Let’s examine Christianity. There are eastern, western, northern and southern religions; they each have certain particular characteristics and a different emphasis. Where does Christianity fit in? It is not just a coincidence that several influential religions emerged in the areas surrounding Israel a few hundred years prior to the coming of Christ. For example, new civilizations emerged in Mesopotamia, Egypt, China and India; all these major civilizations surround the Mediterranean area. Israel was the center. It must have been providential that all these civilizations emerged surrounding Israel, the area where God ultimately sent His central religious figure, Jesus. Also, Christianity became prosperous over the past 2,000 years. This is not a coincidence; this was all in the plan of God.

At Christ’s time, when you stood in the position of Israel and faced north, on the right hand side were the civilizations of China and India, and on the left hand side was the very hedonistic Roman civilization; in between were the Greek and Egyptian civilizations. On the left and right of Israel several civilizations emerged and prospered. These events occurred so that there could be an ideal encounter between God and men. At the time of Christ, God’s providential will was thrusting human history toward that goal.

In our modern era, civilizations have become consolidated into four major spheres. Today, Christianity is in the central position and there are civilizations to the left and right. A consolidation occurred and four major civilizations based upon four major religions remained. Why has this further consolidated into two major conflicting worlds? If you considered the Roman Empire to be in the central position 2,000 years ago, there were also left and right civilizations: the Greek and Egyptian civilizations. The Roman Empire represented the world in those days. A situation that occurred during the Roman Empire is happening again in the 20th Century. We have four major civilizations still remaining, yet actually the world has been polarized into two extreme conflicting ideologies.

Christianity belonged to which direction? I believe that Christianity should have gone to the East. That is why Christianity became centered not in Great Britain, but in the United States: the United States symbolizes Christian civilization. And centering on this civilization the right and left sides are now confronting each other. Then we look at the Satanic or communist world, they also have left and right within themselves. The communist world has to deal with the religion within their own world. For example, China became a communist country; but for a long time it was under the Confucianist influence. Also, there is Hinduism in India, and the Moslem religion in Iran and Iraq. There are so many Moslems within the Soviet empire. Ultimately, the communists are trying to bring these elements together and confront Christianity.

Where is history moving toward? Asia is its destination, because it is one full circle of the world’s civilizations. Civilization started out from Asia Minor, migrated all the way to Europe, then across the Atlantic and all the way across the Pacific to finally come full circle. God’s unified world shall blossom centering upon Asia; that is the destiny of human history. During the time of Jesus Christ, if Judaism was totally united with Christ, supporting and accepting him, then soon after that they would have embraced the other religious cultures surrounding them. Christianity would not have had to move toward the Roman Empire. Instead, it would have united with the Greek, Egyptian and Asian civilizations. Instead of going eastward, Christianity would have started going west.

More than all the other major religions of the world, through Christianity the ideal encounter between God and men shall be accomplished. That is God’s plan, and it could have been accomplished in Christ’s time, not waiting for another opportunity 2000 years later. However, the crucifixion of Jesus brought about entirely opposite consequences. Instead of the Christian civilization moving toward the west, it moved east toward the Roman Empire. Christianity had to undergo the most incredible confrontation with the extremely hedonistic culture of the Roman Empire. There were 400 years of tragic persecution until the Roman Empire was conquered by the Christian religion. Upon that foundation, Roman Catholicism was born.

So because of the failure to accept Jesus, what happened? For the following 400 years, Israel’s history became very fragile; it encountered only war, confrontation and suffering. How can we now unite all the diverse religions into one body? Is there some wonderful way to accomplish this? At the crucifixion, Jesus’ body was lost, paying the price for humanity; only Jesus’ spirit remained. So Christianity became a spiritual crusade. Jesus’ body was lost in Asia Minor; so Christianity had to move to the satanic center, which was the Roman Empire, and attempt to win back that empire. In the meantime, Christianity was also dealing with the Greek and Egyptian cultures.

It’s been an uphill battle for Christianity. The first Christian victory came in Rome, which is on a peninsula. Ever since that first victory, peninsulas have been meeting grounds for all the different cultural elements. In the case of Rome’s peninsula, it represented the masculine subject nature and the Mediterranean Sea represented the feminine object nature. Through give and take, this area became the birthplace of human culture. Between Israel and the Roman Empire, there was an east/ west relationship, and between Greek and Egypt there was a north/south relationship. Together, these four cultures represented all four directions.

God intended His will to be fulfilled centered on the Roman Empire. After the 400 years of persecution and eventual Christian victory won on that peninsula, God’s plan was to embrace all the surrounding civilizations and try to bring about the fulfillment of Christian ideals. After these 400 years, there was yet another opportunity for the Christian ideal to be substantially fulfilled, centering upon the Roman peninsula, through unity with the Asian culture. However, because of another failure, the Christian movement has been moving westward toward Great Britain and the Atlantic. So human civilization took a course starting from the Roman Empire, a peninsula nation, moved toward the island nation of Great Britain, then across the Atlantic Ocean to the United States, a great continental culture, then over the Pacific to the East. So, Asia has been the ultimate destination. Asia is a gigantic continent with vast numbers of people; for example, there are 1.3 billion people in China, and Asia has a 3.2 billion population. Any world view which fails to include China or Asia will not succeed.

The time of Jesus Christ’s coming was when God wanted to bring about the reunification of humanity with Himself. Events occurred according to God’s providential time table, but since that did not happen, we had to wait another 2,000 years to make a complete cycle around the entire world. Now once again, centered upon Christianity, we are presented with the opportunity to create one world centered on God. Currently there are two worlds, but one world culture is feasible because this is the time when the Lord must return.

One other world phenomenon presents evidence that the end of the world prophesied in Christianity is at hand. Western culture has become weakened and is hoping to unite with eastern culture. Also, when the Cain and Abel struggle comes to the point of worldwide level conflict, where they have to unite into one or both be destroyed, that’s the moment Christ will reappear and consummate that unity. Today, the United States represents the Christian world. We must include Asia in order to secure the ultimate victory, though, because that is where the body of Christ was lost. Through the Divine Principle we know that before the truth appears, Satanic or false things will manifest themselves first. Satan always tries to imitate the truth first.

The representative nation of Christianity today is the United States of America, and this nation must move toward the east, toward Asia. However, America cannot just simply take off in an airplane and land in Asia. You have all of your historical background: the Roman Empire, Great Britain, the European cultures and America. It is not easy to return to the original ideal until you pay back every debt in history everything must be indemnified. By doing so you will be qualified to return to this ideal. You have to indemnify all of the past failures of Europe, and then you will be ready to move forward. History is reaped as it was sown. Our problem is to get an exact diagnoses of human history at its point of origin.

God never planned all of the tragic ordeals of history; God’s purpose of creation was to bring the ideal unity between God and man right away. But what happened? In modern terms we could say that just some unexpected accident occurred, which we call the fall of man. But we must dig deeper. What was the cause of this accident that created the separation between God and man? This is the most crucial question. Once men reach perfection and meet God, no power under the sun can separate them. The common element that brings God and man together is not money, power, or knowledge, but true love. Because men and women fell, love has been completely stained. For that reason, I always describe this original love as true love. The opposite is illicit, or bad love. Illicit love interacts with its central figure, Satan. But in true love, God is the central figure. Do you want true love or false love?

Are there two Gods or one God? There is one entity who is alone by Himself. When you are alone you want fellowship, don’t you? God wants true love; this is the reason even God is looking for an object. Only through give and take can the power of love produce joy. God is a giant plus, and men and women together create a giant minus. God of course wants to fulfill true love, and naturally all people want love, too, but Satan is looking on very enviously and thinking, “How can I infiltrate that love?” Satan’s greed and ambition were first manifested at the time of the fall.

Satan knew all of God’s beautiful, glorious plans for the creation. And he knew there was still time because God was waiting for men and women to grow into perfection. So before that maturity, Satan thought: “I’ll just chase away God and take men and women for myself.” So, men and women, who were supposed to be perfected in the love of God, became instead the victims of satanic love. If there was no fall, humans would grow up into a state of purity and love, becoming God’s temples.

Let’s draw a diagram. God’s love comes through the vertical line, and men and women create a perfect horizontal line. The vertical line and horizontal line should meet at a 90 degree angle. God’s love comes through a vertical line because that is the shortest distance and it can reach its destination most quickly; it’s similar to an electric beam. Anything other than a vertical line creates a longer distance, and love will not travel that longer distance. No way!

Men and women were born as babies, knowing nothing about life, and grew up to become teenagers and finally mature men and women. At that point, they automatically discovered that they needed each other. In the meantime, God already knew that men and women would not be able to stay away from each other. So He started coming down toward them; the timing was perfect. A beautiful situation should have occurred. As men and women are just about to meet each other, then all of sudden a third party comes down from above. God wants to be with us. Love belongs to God first, so as men and women get closer and closer. God is right there, too.

This was the original plan of creation. God’s vertical love line would be the core, representing the heart; then Adam and Eve would come together to surround the core, representing the body. They would turn around and around in unity for eternity. Men and women would come dashing toward each other, create a heavenly collision, and twirl forever in circular motion.

God is in the mind’s position with Adam and Eve in the body’s position; they become one entity. Only true love can unify everything because the purpose of creation is true love. If you experience true love one time, it is because you are standing in a vertical position, like a pillar. Unfortunately, men and women have usually just been wandering around all over the world.

Even the universal bodies, the sun, earth and moon, are turning around a central axis. The universe is disciplined. What about humanity, the most important creation of God? Do we have an axis? Even in the fallen world, the mind is the axis. Between that mind and the body, however, there is a conflict. There should be absolute discipline where vertical true love is concerned. There can be no compromise there. The body must not rebel against the mind. The mind is the axis we must turn around. The problem today is that the vertical line has been shaken, so all kinds of horizontal lines just meet each other randomly and confusion occurs. The body has become the prey of Satan. There are two pluses, the mind and the body, instead of a plus and a minus. This is the fallen situation.

Throughout history religion has tried to subjugate Satan’s plus, which is the body, through fasting, 120-day mountaintop prayer conditions, Il Jeung prayer, 5:00 pledge service, you name it. Through these we push the body down into the minus position. The mind must be the only plus. To be minus doesn’t mean to be a servant, but to be a recipient of true love!

The problem with today’s Christianity is its lack of clarity; there is worship of God, but no one really knows who God is and what is His purpose of creation. We call God “Father,” but why is God our Father? As God’s sons and daughters we are in his direct lineage. It’s a serious problem when we say: “God is my Father in Heaven” and still we do not even know why He is my Father! God is the Creator, the vertical true love parent. He gave me birth centering upon true love. Who are Adam and Eve? They should have become horizontal true love parents and united with the vertical true love parent. True love must travel the shortest distance, the vertical line, and the horizontal line must meet it at an exact 90 degree angle. That is perfection. Therefore, the horizontal line is also the shortest distance between the two points. Men and women meet God exactly at the 90 degree angle. From this point of perfection, the fruits of love, which are children, come abundantly. So your children receive not only the blood lineage of their own physical father and mother, but, according to the diagram, also God’s.

God’s lineage does not manifest itself in the material sense, but through your heartistic or spiritual mind. Originally, children were to inherit God’s mind and their parents’ body. The problem is that all throughout human history no one was born under these circumstances; no one has been a 90 degrees person. Perhaps some people have been 89.9 degrees, but that is still not good enough. You can say, “Well, please give me a little break. I will meet you at 89.9999 degrees,” but God doesn’t dwell there. If you deviate even slightly you begin to feel uncertain, empty and anxious. There is no perfection or joy. We know we have not yet accomplished enough to become a child of God because the struggle between the mind and body continues with the mind representing God and the body representing Satan. Everyone in this room was born under those circumstances. Anything at different angle than the vertical line is a satanic line.

Many people don’t admit the existence of the mind. The mind is our vertical self and the body is our horizontal self. Together they make up what is called the conscience. If we try to do something wrong, the mind says “don’t do it”; it rebels against us because it doesn’t belong to us; it belongs to God. But when the body obeys that vertical mind 100%, then a heavenly mind develops. Otherwise you have a satanic mind. Today the problem is no one has this 90 degree angle between the vertical self and the physical self; so all of humanity’s situation can be compared to that of a patient in a hospital. The messiah is coming for the purpose of healing humanity, and his weapon is true love. His goal is to restore this 90 degree crossing.

Today the world resembles an orchard of wild olive trees. The messiah is coming as a true olive tree and from his branch will convert all the wild olive trees into true olive trees. Satan built a stone wall to safeguard his wild olive tree orchard. The messiah’s mission is to smash through that wall and to graft all the wild olive tree buds onto the true olive tree branch. These little bud branches have all the correct ingredients needed to create true love relationships, so once you are grafted onto the true olive tree, you can reach the 90 degree angle without any doubt! The wild olive tree is gigantic; Father is drawing a big tree now. People are usually deceived because in appearance the wild olive tree is not different from the true olive tree. But the important thing is this: there is

no vertical 90 degree crossing inside the wild olive tree. Only after the grafting process does new life begin to flourish from the bud, but the process itself is distasteful to people. They will ask: “Why did you cut all my branches off?” Cutting off the branches of the wild olive tree symbolizes the self denial of all existence the denial of the world, nation, clan, family, and ultimately self denial. All the major religions emphasize self denial. The Unification Church is igniting an internal, fundamental revolution of man; through self denial we can be grafted onto the true olive tree, from which new life will germinate.

After the fall of man, evil took the upper hand and good has been suppressed; the lines of good and evil throughout history have been getting closer to the crossing junction. From this point on, good will take control, and evil will decline.

The guiding light of history is true love. Throughout history religions have taught the love of parents, of country, and of fellow man. This was taught to help us to cross that junction. Contrary to this, Satan always teaches: “Don’t worry about anybody else but yourself. Take everything that is good for you-you are the most important and are entitled to have it all.” Satan is always saying, “Since you love me, therefore you come under my control.” Goodness always puts itself in the sacrificial position of living for the sake of others. I have always taught you to give to others first. We have a roomful of Unification Church members here. How many of us are real Unification Church members with minds and bodies fully united. Satan has been the king instead. To challenge this situation will not be an easy battle. Nothing short of a revolution will defeat Satan. This is why Jesus said: Those who lose their life for my sake will find it. Those who seek their life for their own sake will lose it.”

What if you do certain things just to get a salary or some recognition? Is that the correct motivation? The first commandment of Christ was to love God with all your heart, mind, and soul. Giving your heart, mind, and soul, means that you are ready to stick your neck out, even ready to die for the love of God. Are you doing that?

Satan is clever and sees your thoughts very quickly. Satan only retreats when he sees that you are determined to love God with all your heart, mind, and soul, even risking your life. But the one who says, “I have a difficult situation. I have my kids to worry about, I have to earn some money to buy a little house somewhere and send them to school. Then I will love God.” Satan then knows that God is secondary in your life, and will say, “I am not going to retreat-you are now my servant.”

Each of the eight stages is a battleground, from the individual level, to the family, tribal, national, worldwide, and cosmic levels, because Satan controls all of them at this time. In order to penetrate and bring true love you must win each stage all the way to the top; then you are free to come back to the center. Satan cannot follow you there, and will surrender at this point because you sacrificed yourself and loved the world, which Satan could not do. This is the turning point. There will be a glorious homecoming, and it will be Satan who will open up the way with olive branches, palm fronds and welcoming applause. You will be victorious against the satanic power because you won with true love. This is the task that God is asking you to do.

Every building is made with 90 degree corners. If this 90 degree rule is violated, the building will collapse. Every window has one common element: 90 degree corners. A building can last for many decades when it has ninety degree intersections-it is stable and permanent.

Man reaps as he has sown. Since we sowed the seed of illicit love, that has to be rectified at the end of the world. The phenomenon of illicit love has become rampant in our world today, especially in America. This advanced nation of the free world has become a tool of Satan. Advanced nations today are like a hell infested by illicit, ungodly love; they are abundantly rich externally, but desperately poor internally.

Many citizens of the United States don’t care about their parents or their family. They seek after carnal pleasures and excitement. They use drugs in their efforts to fulfill some fantastic illusion. Illicit love is rampant and prospering in America and the free world; this is another sign that the end of the world is here.

When Jesus was crucified, there were two thieves on each side of the cross. One attended Christ while the other rebelled against him. The thief to the right side of Jesus was dying, but with his last ounce of energy, he fought back for the sake of Jesus, saying to the other thief, “You criminal, you deserve death. But Christ, the Lord, has not sinned. He doesn’t deserve this kind of treatment.”

Our world is now reaping what was sowed; today we see the same situation as with Christ on the cross 2,000 years ago. On the left there is communism saying that God i8 dead. But where is the Christian church performing the role of the right-hand side thief? Is America telling communism that God is not dead-the living God is right here? The worst tragedy of all i8 that there is no such advocate today. Reverend Moon alone is saying: “God is alive! Not only that, He is our father.”

The restoration of true love is Rev. Moon’s crusade. Freedom was not given to you to satisfy carnal desires but to allow you to restore the God-given rights of true love. This is what the Unification Church is restoring. Through our mass weddings we will bring back God into our families, restoring true parents and true children. Wherever you go you will encounter obstacles on two sides, Cain and Abel. Rev. Moon came to this world barehanded and restored the power of the right-hand thief who had defended Jesus and God. I expanded that power all the way to the national level and finally onto the global level. While doing this there was constant persecution and criticism, but now that has dissipated. Now even our enemies have to recognize that Rev. Moon is determined to penetrate these eight stages and win as quickly as possible.

It is difficult for anyone, including my own family, to comprehend fully what I am doing and why we need to run this fast. No one understands why I don’t sleep more than two or three hours a day. These hellish eight stages are governed by Satan and I want to move through each one as quickly as possible. At the center there is true liberation because that is under God’s direct dominion. I want to raise the victorious torch in the name of God’s true love and hold a homecoming party in a world where Satan cannot follow anymore.

Six thousand years ago, humanity lost their true parents and became orphans. I can go all the way to the heavenly domain and come back again because I paid the debt of all historical evil. This signals the end of the old world and the beginning of the new world.

I am commissioned to wipe out the satanic lineage and cleanse everything. The most apparent proof that this is being fulfilled today is that I am the one man opposed by the entire satanic world: Satan doesn’t want me to be victorious.

Let’s examine another proof Think of all the religious periods in history, including even that of Jesus Christ. He was persecuted and crucified, but most of the world did not know about his coming. Did they know Buddha, Confucius, or Muhammad? Were they persecuted as much as Rev. Moon? Today, I am the target of the entire world; this is the turning point of the new era.

I am one man in the center waging the battle on the individual, family, tribe, national, worldwide, and cosmic levels. Simultaneously, evil is declining and good is increasing; the whole history of mankind has been turned right side up in an historical whirlwind. The right is moving to the left, and the left is moving to the right. This is what we call the headwing ideology: bringing harmony and unification of the left and right. All world affairs are God’s business.

The fall of man turned everything upside down with righteousness always being oppressed, but this time I am rectifying all injustice by mobilizing all individual, family, tribe, nation, worldwide, and cosmic powers. Adam and Eve brought the world’s downfall. Restoration does not come on the individual level alone, but it comes on the worldwide level. The Adam nation and the Eve nation must come together, and this is what Father did last year on the October 30th Blessing with members of the Japanese and the Korean family. Korea and Japan have been fighting each other for the last half-century, creating intense hatred and resentment. Through the blessing they have been brought back together as one family.

Korea is the Adam nation. The first Korean generation failed. I am now dealing with the second generation of young Abels, in a Cain and Abel situation. The Korean and Japanese have been brought together in marriage representing Adam and Eve, on a national level, being united under the banner of true love. This is again proof that the end of the world is here. I am restoring, on a global level, all the bad seeds that have been sown throughout history. There are worldwide moral, family, and ideological problems that can only be solved through teaching the Principle.

What is the future? The end of the world, in my definition, is a new and different world, centered on God. It will be the creation of the kingdom of God on the face of the earth. Even within satanic history, however, there has been an Abel tradition which has nurtured love and virtue. Virtues such as the love of parents, love of country, love of the neighbors, and so forth, have contributed to the foundation for this day of restoration. Without this foundation, true love could not prevail. Therefore, history has made great contributions. All we have to do is replace satanic love with true love.

Likewise, there has been a Cain tradition which has been trying to destroy all goodness. Christianity has said if you don’t believe in Jesus Christ you will end up in hell. However, there have been many good sages, prophets, and righteous men who shed their blood to uphold the heavenly tradition. Those people, whether they were Christians or not, have merited a place in the good spirit world, though not in heaven.

Once the unity of the Adam and Eve nations and the rest of the world is completed, the world will never go wrong again, but will continue as God’s kingdom. This beautiful, harmonious world of joy was supposed to start from Adam and Eve, the beginning point of human history. That was not done. However, from this point on, when the restoration is done, then the original ideal of God’s creation will blossom. With enemies coming together and creating the most harmonious God-centered families, is anything else impossible?

Parents will see this standard and insist that their children follow Rev. Moon’s couples. This kind of phenomena is not far away. From this point on, the end of the world is at hand; it is not a time of despair, but of hope.

How can we bring unification of Cain and Abel? How can we unite the mind and body. When we look at God, the right hand side is internal, or Abel, and the left hand side is external, or Cain. The Abel side may be a small seed, but it will grow from the individual, to the family, tribe, national, and worldwide level. The same is true for the Cain side. Drawing the horizontal and the vertical line, crossing here in the center, there will be right and left, upper and lower. All levels on both sides must be united. God is working to bring unity between the right and left: we have to embrace the communist world. This is why headwing ideology is important.

What is the secret to winning the communist world? They love their party and their country, but if you demonstrate a more powerful love than theirs, in the name of God, then you will win them.

There are Cain and Abel factions within the communist world. Satanic Abels are the worst because they are Abel to Satan. These are the communists who want to conquer the world. On the heavenly side, Abel is the one who is the absolute servant to God. His tactic is 180 degrees opposite from Satan’s. God’s Abel is always being attacked and persecuted but Satan’s Abel is always attacking and conquering.

Let’s think about the heavenly side. Throughout history, God inspired the birth of many religions in an effort to harness the goodness of man, and Christianity was the central religion of them all. There have been struggles between Cain and Abel on each level. But Abel’s task is always to naturally subjugate Cain through love; only through that way can the victory truly be won. Then, moving on to the next stage, this formula must be repeated.

Historically, Abel is always the second son, who has to restore the elder son’s birthright at each stage of restoration. Abel must save himself and save Cain, and then through their unity they can restore the true mother’s position. With these three elements totally united, the father’s position can finally be restored. Since history was sown this way, restoration must occur using the same formula.

Eve gave birth to two sons, Cain and Abel. Both were supposed to be God’s children. Instead, an incredible struggle has transpired between Cain and Abel all throughout history. From the level of world wars all the way down to the family level, brothers have been against brothers, children against parents, fathers against mothers. The end of the world is evidenced by these struggles emerging on a worldwide level.

Love is always the key factor in the battle of restoration. According to this historical pattern, a God’s side mother, with a God’s side elder son and second son, will emerge at the end of the world. These two sons must completely obey their mother. This is the way history was sown, and therefore this Eve phenomena will be appearing on a worldwide scale.

On the satanic side, there is an evil mother with an evil elder and second son. There is going to be a confrontation between these two teams. This is the way it was sown back in history on the individual level and this has been reaped on a worldwide level through World War II.

World War II was the worldwide level confrontation between God’s side and Satan’s side. Christianity was on God’s side, with Great Britain, an island, in the mother’s position. A continent represents a masculine aspect and an island nation represents a feminine aspect. The island feels separated and is always longing for the continent. The heavenly lineup was Great Britain as the mother, United States as the eldest son, given birth to by Great Britain, and France as the second son.

Japan was in the mother’s position on the satanic side. She had to travel all the way to another hemisphere to find a continent. The satanic lineup had Japan in the mother’s position, Germany in the eldest son’s position, and Italy in the second son’s position.

The Japanese worshipped a female god, Amatadasomikami. Japan therefore represented the mother on the satanic side. Japan had already been looking toward the Western culture, and imitated Great Britain most of all because it represented the mother on the heavenly side. Japan has been known as the great imitator; she imitated all of the good points of Great Britain’s culture, as well as the militaristic system from West Germany, and the legal system from France. Japan, as an Eve nation, was also looking for an Adam nation, which led her to dominate and occupy Korea.

Japan is an island nation, and in order to join a continent she must have a bridge. That bridge was the Korean peninsula. Since the time of Jesus, Christianity traveled to the Roman peninsula, then to the island nation of Great Britain, then to the continent of the United States. On the satanic way, the formula was the same. Japan, an island nation, had to use the bridge of the Korean peninsula in order to get to the continent.

Historically, civilization began on a continent- Asia Minor. Jesus Christ was born there but then after the crucifixion Christian civilization moved west to the Roman Empire. The heavenly kingdom should have become a reality at that time, but since that was not done, Christian civilization then moved to an island nation of England, and then to the continental United States. Now, the center of civilization is returning from the continent of the United States to the island nation of Japan, then to the Korean peninsula, and ultimately to the original continent. Korea is therefore comparable to the Italian peninsula at the time of the Roman Empire. A division occurred then, but now Korea, the peninsula nation, will unite with Japan, an island nation, and ultimately return to a continent. This is why the Korean situation is globally-related.

What about God’s providence in Asia? Korea was chosen as the Adam nation, Japan as the Eve nation, and China as the archangel nation. Satan knew this, and therefore wanted to destroy Adam; this is why Korea was invaded by Japan and China. Korea was occupied from 1905 to 1945. During World War II, Japan attacked Pearl Harbor in December and began a war against America. Imperialistic Japan was so powerful at the beginning of World War II. They conquered Indochina, Malaysia, Singapore, all the surrounding countries, creating an Asian sphere with Japan as the center.

Germany had already attacked Great Britain, but when Hitler looked at little Japan doing such a big job, he must have thought, “German people should be superior to Japan. We need a little elbow room, too,” and so Germany occupied France. Hitler was the aggressor in Europe and Japan the aggressor in Asia.

Asia is the ultimate destination of providential history. This is God’s plan and Satan knows it. Rome, which was a peninsula, was supposed to be the Abel, central point of the Christian dispensation. There is one peninsula in Asia-Korea. Satan knew it was the future Adam nation, reserved for the coming of the third Adam, and that is why it suffered under Japanese occupation for 40 years. History is consummated during the last days. This is the explanation of why the Messiah must reappear in Korea.

What did World War II contribute to the God’s providence? Great Britain, the United States, and France together won World War II and thus liberated the Adam nation, Korea.

The four providential positions are Adam, Eve, Cain and Abel. Cain and Abel must unite with Eve, the mother, then these three united together can restore Adam, the father. The dwelling of God with man becomes a reality when this formula is accomplished on earth. Everything that was lost because of the fall of man must be restored before establishing the kingdom of God on earth.

An unprecedented, extraordinary event occurred after World War II-the victorious nations gave independence to the occupied territories. Why? Because the appearance of the True Parent on the earth was near and all men should relate as brothers and restore the position of the 12 disciples and the 72 and 120 apostles of Jesus Christ.

The birth of the United Nations was very meaningful. The United States should have become a central figure of the United Nations, but it didn’t play a major role. The United States was in the Abel position, in the restored elder sonship’s position, and should have loved the brother, France, united with the mother, Great Britain, and together installed the father. But America could not do it. After World War II there was only one opportunity for the entire Christian world and all other civilizations to unite under God, and the United States was given the major role. Mankind could have received True Parents. This was the golden opportunity when God’s ideal could have been manifested.

The good consequence of World War II was the independence of Korea from Japan, but then the dispensation of the United Nations centered on the United States failed. Still, one option might remain for the future. Since the United States is a microcosm of the world, the U.S. Senate could become like a new UN, inviting all the 120 countries to send a representative, creating a worldwide forum. You have 100 Senatorial seats. Why not add another 120 for representatives from 120 countries?

My goal is to help the United States to fulfill its position of representing the world. You should not only be concerned with the well-being of this country, but with the well-being of the entire world. Humanity’s purpose is to unite with its father, but in order for this to happen a mother must emerge first. That mother nation was Great Britain, with the United States as the restored son, and France in the archangel position. United together they could have installed the father’s position; this would have been the most victorious homecoming event in history. Ultimately, all humanity has to go to its hometown, which is the fatherland. Your hometown is not where your mother is born, but where your father is born. Humanity has to go back to its fatherland, which is Korea.

Satan knew which land was to be the homeland of humanity, and was very reluctant to release it too quickly. This is why the Korean nation suffered throughout history, being occupied by one major power after another: China, the Soviet Union, Japan. Even the United States was hoping to occupy Korea, and finally Korea was divided. Korea must suffer until the third Adam comes, but then it will emerge as the central figure of all these mayor powers.

After World War II, if the Christian nations had performed their duty perfectly, there would have been no emergence of the communist world. Instead, Stalin became almost like the messiah of the communist world. Because the Christian world could not unite, Satan, through Stalin, could claim that the world was his. Communism prospered and humanity paid an incredible price. As long as Korea suffers, there will be no world peace. Now, however, the Adam nation has emerged.

Japan enjoyed a golden age of prosperity for 120 years-1868-1988. This 120 years period is parallel to the 120 years period in the Old Testament of Kings Saul, David, and Solomon, but on the satanic side. Japan’s prospered because of three emperors: Meiji, Tejun, and the recently deceased emperor, Showon. Near the end of 1988, in the first part of January, the emperor Showon died. That signaled the end of three eras. Prior to Showon’s death I brought harmony between the two nations of Japan and Korea.

According to the Principle, if a person or nation has failed, God will not use that person or nation again. The United States, Great Britain, France, and Japan all failed. What will happen because of all these failures after World War II, the time when God had given such an incredible opportunity to create Christendom on earth? It was almost like a second fall of man occurred on earth. God’s side failed, leaving only one power flourishing- communism, which proclaims that God is dead.

This failure was the reason that Satan could claim half of the Adam nation. The United States was not strong enough to keep communism from taking half of the Korean peninsula. Then, in 1950 the communists invaded South Korea and tried to take the entire Adam nation. Korea was virtually lost. Finally the United States understood that that could not happen. General McArthur and the United Nations forces landed at Inchon and pushed the enemy to the north. God’s expectation was that the United States would reunify Korea at the time, all the way up to the Yaloo River. However, the United States forces stopped short and again left Korea divided at the 38th parallel. “Truman” in Korean words means “failed again.” He fired McArthur and then Eisenhower, the next president, brought the armistice to Korea. Ever since that armistice, the United States has been on the defensive to the Soviet Union.

North Korea is the model of the satanic kingdom. Its king is Kim Il Sung. Satan is always trying to imitate God’s kingdom first.

World Christianity has opposed Rev. Moon, and in doing so has declined drastically. God and Rev. Moon are all alone because the allies God nurtured throughout history — the United States, the Western World, Christianity — are nowhere in sight. The entire world has become the communist stage.

This is the consummation of the failure of World War II. Korea, the Adam nation, was lost. The United States, Great Britain, and France were all lost into the hands of Satan and communism emerged. This was very disappointing for God. For the past 40 years, the free world has been a wilderness, an emergency situation.

No one else is even close to the solution, because without God there is no solution. Only one man understands the solution-Rev. Moon. The last 43 years represent the 4,300 years of the Old Testament and New Testament. My life has indemnified the wrongdoing of these 4,300 years. The emergence of the fatherland, and ultimately the appearance of the True Parents, is the solution. I have explained about the elder and second son’s position and the restoration of the birthright. Next, the mother’s position must be restored and finally the father’s position can be installed-this is the solution. But all of this was lost 43 years ago because the central nations failed to protect the fatherland. Who can restore all these things? This time Adam has to pull Eve and the elder son and second son back to God.

In order to install Korea as the fatherland, we must have a situation where the mother, the elder son, and the second son’s position are all united. In the new heavenly lineup the Eve nation is Japan, with the United States in the elder son’s position and Germany in the second son’s position. Actually these four countries had been enemy nations during World War II and unity needs to be made among them.

Great Britain and France are out of the heavenly lineup, but the United States is still there. Why has the United States been especially favored by God? It is because it represents the second Israel. Korea is the third Israel. If the United States is removed, there is no foundation for the third Israel to emerge.

Still, somebody had to pay the price for the United States. I paid the price through giving my heart, tears, sweat and blood for the sake of America, even accepting a prison term. That is why America could still remain in the dispensational will of God. Members from all countries have helped lift America up so that she will fulfill her responsibility from this time on. Enemies have become brothers

After World War II, the five countries of England, France, Japan, Germany, and Korea were lost. By all the enemy nations working together in America, centered on God, the United States will be revived as the second Israel, and also these five nations will be revived. Now we have united and restored four countries. I can now declare the unification of Korea.

Why does America persecute me and the Unification Church members? Korea and Japan represent the Adam and Eve countries. The children must be embraced by the parents and the children must become united with the father and mother’s spirit and tradition.

At the time of Jesus Christ, there were four major religious spheres-Confucianism, Buddhism, Islam, and Christianity as the central religion. All religions’ innate, foremost desire is to meet the messiah.

Father has done tremendous things to revive and save the American mission. Seven thousand American clergy have gone to Korea on a pilgrimage to learn about my life and about our teaching of Unificationism. Although this nation persecuted me, I returned true love, giving everything to create projects to save this country which put me in jail.

Korea has been opposed and accused and attacked, but now it is the other way around. Japan, China, the Soviet Union, and the United States all need Korea, not in terms of colonizing Korea, but in terms of getting spiritual food from Korea. Korea is the Adam nation; Japan is Eve, and the other three are archangel nations. This can be called the heavenly lineup.

Now there are four males and one female. The one female is very attractive-Japan. The US, USSR, China, even Korea are all trying to get her attention. Japan must choose one husband. China, the USSR, and the United States are all big, rich nations, so what will happen?

At the time of Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden, it was Eve who proposed and led Adam in the wrong direction. This time Adam proposed and took the first action to save Japan. The first missionary to Japan traveled there on a merchant boat under very difficult circumstances. About 2500 second generation Japanese were blessed with Korean spouses on October 30,1988, so Satan could not accuse the second generation.

Communism has prospered since World War II, but I have been initiating many indemnity conditions to restore America’s position. I am looking forward to the next four years when this entire situation will be rectified. I predicted that the unification of Korea shall be a reality within a few more years, under God’s auspices. Through unifying the Korean peninsula the three archangels will voluntarily dedicate themselves in service to Adam and Eve. Although almost no one has believed that North Korea and South Korea can be united, I am working to accomplish that.

Homecoming is our present agenda. All the debts of human history have been paid. All the colors of humanity will march forward into that kingdom of heaven. That is why I have been preparing the World Peace Highway plan.

Human history has been pitch dark. I have pioneered the whole eight stage path to the realm of liberation. The rays of sunlight shall shine through to everyone. You have found the truth now-you were in a wilderness and needed a modern-day Moses, and you found one.

Although all of the historical debts have been paid, the reality is that humanity denied the first Adam, second Adam, and the third Adam. For children to attack their own parents is unforgivable, so what should you do? Your job is simple. Since I indemnified all of history, all you have to do is indemnify my 43-years suffering course by uniting with me. This will also pay the debt for the time of Jesus. These are serious words that you need to hear to get into heaven.

When I returned to Korea last year I worked day in and day out in order to prevent satanic infiltration there. During the Olympics all of the finest young people of the world came to Korea, even from communist countries. They discovered Korea for the first time in history. I embraced everybody, giving them all gifts.

Those from the Soviet Union were surprised to receive a gift from Rev. Moon. They were taught in their country that I am the archenemy of communism. But in Korea they saw that I was like a parent, giving them food, beautiful entertainment, and gifts. In appreciation they presented me with a special medal. This was an indemnity condition for the USSR.

Before the 24th Olympics closed in Korea, I announced another “heavenly Olympics,” called the World Festival of Culture. The finest youth of the world shall come and eventually be blessed by the True Parents. There are three levels of blessing; first, the married couples blessing, next the second generation blessing to which most of you belong, and the third level is the blessed children’s blessing. Those three levels are like formation, growth, and perfection.

In 1990, I would like to do all those in one gigantic ceremony. By doing so, I can declare to the world, “I have now restored all the children and they are dispersed into every corner on the face of the earth.” The entire globe will be converted into the heavenly kingdom.

Are you connected with my lineage? You can say yes because of the Holy Wine Ceremony. You are the branches connected with the trunk. The most beautiful part of the blessing from True Parents is receiving the Holy Wine, which will change your blood lineage from the satanic side to the True Parents’ lineage. Your children will become children of God, in His direct blood lineage. This blessing shall entitle you to enter the kingdom of heaven.

However, you have a job. Since your family is an Abel family, that means you need a Cain family surrounding you. You must serve and witness to them. When you have united your Abel and Cain families, then the mother and father can be connected to them. True Parents are coming to your family now and you are one with them. Now all you have to do is restore your tribe, or Cain families. This is why I announced that you are to become tribal messiahs. The homecoming has begun. Jesus wanted an Abel family, and the Lord of the Second Advent wants restoration of Cain families. Both shall be accomplished by you so that you can become one with True Parents. This is such an incredible opportunity.

Each blessed family is standing in the Abel position and must save the Cain families, which means our relatives. Father has pioneered the victorious path and now you can be connected. This will create a unified world. True Parents are the global Messiah. If you unite with this condition, you shall become tribal messiahs, and even eventually national messiahs.

That is what I have done in Korea, and now I have begun his ministry in the United States. After the worldwide foundation was laid, I returned to Seoul, Korea. The Second Advent Adam nation was lost after World War 1I to the communist world, but now, when independence came to Korea, it united in give and take with me. Upon that foundation the entire communist world began to crumble. When Korea was in bondage, communism sprung out. Now that Korea is becoming free and independent, I have become the central figure and communism is crumbling.

Mainland China is wooing my attention, as well as the Soviet Union. They were hostile to us, but the communist world is now trying to get help from me.

All we have to do to destroy communism is give them true love and liberation, and show them that the theory of dialectical materialism does not work. It is not class struggle that brings development and value, but harmony and cooperation. This is God-centered give and take. Communism has just to bring God into the center.

The problem of the free world today is individualism and self-centeredness. The free world can be saved if it learns that living for the sake of others brings about each individual’s well-being as well. When everyone understands that this is the best way to live, then the world will change. You might ask, “How many more years, how many more conditions, Father?” We must march on until we achieve the unification of the world.

In conclusion, I have diagnosed the disease correctly, and now it is time for the prescription. You shall all become tribal messiahs and restore all Cain and Abel relationships. Our goal is to eliminate all conditions for Satan’s accusation, so that the individual, family, tribal, national, to the worldwide levels cannot accuse you. You will be completely free from Satan’s accusation.

The same mind and body formula works all the way to the cosmic level. When mind and body are united harmoniously into one, Satan has no way to accuse you. You cannot create heaven by yourself. One step at a time you have to establish true love objects on the individual, family, tribal levels, all the way up to the liberation of God Himself.

What is the formula for multiplication? The Blessing is the most precious thing you can earn, and from there all you have to do is move one step forward to become tribal messiah.

There are now tribal revivals going on in Korea. Korea is a far more family oriented society, a homogeneous society. There are about 270 Korean names, each with their own tribal organization, coming together in a national convention. Recently all the tribal leaders came together and elected Father to be president of the entire 270 Korean tribes. Who else but Rev. Moon is entitled to be in that position? This is like an internal president’s position. Father accepted on one condition: that the tribal leaders learn the Divine Principle.

The motto for 1989 is the unification of Korea. By listening to my sermon this morning, you must have come to the conclusion that there have been well laid conditions for the unification of Korea. I am now connecting this victory to the United States.

My direct instruction to you this morning is the restoration of the Cain and Abel relationship through the work of tribal messiahship. It will be expanded to all 50 states. All of the blessed couples are now tribal messiahs-this is the time to expand to the tribal level. When your tribe accepts and respects you then they will respect Rev. Moon and the Unification Church. Satan is in trouble he has been trying to block us and destroy our reputation but that will be finished when we fulfill as tribal messiahs. I have laid the worldwide foundation under all kinds of opposition and even welcomed the persecution. What about you? There are now many favorable conditions out there; can you say its impossible to restore your tribe? Today I am anointing you as tribal messiah-you can go to your hometown, fulfill your role as tribal messiah, and bring your tribe to our True Parents.

In these last days it will be the blessed members of the Unification Church who will march forward and bring the ultimate victory. There are many blessed couples in the United States, so you can be hopeful. But are you going to sit still in a rocking chair or are you going out to fight and work?

Most opposition usually comes from your own physical family, so if you take care of them there will be no more opposition. Win their hearts through your loving example! Satan never stops working so you must work doubly hard for God’s side. Your position is so valuable.

Now, all the blessed couples will be organized to not only talk about tribal messiahship but to act. Each sector of New York City will have 20 blessed couples. Those UTS graduates have been educated for the purpose of saving America. When you truly become a tribal messiah and do God’s will, America will be resurrected When I first came to America and warned of America’s decline, everyone just laughed. Now, the truth has become self-evident. I came to America to save it, and now you American citizens must do more than I have done in terms of shedding blood, sweat and tears.

You must beat Father’s standard, simply because you are born as Americans. Father has created more than 40 kinds of organizations. Americans usually want to follow only one simple way. But if you have only one way, how can you save this country? That’s why I created many projects.

You are UTS graduates. Studying is one thing, but saving America is even more difficult. Where is this country heading? Is it prospering or declining? If you just walk down 42nd Street, you’ll get a picture of America. The UTS graduates job is to save this tragic spiritual situation. What about the church leaders? Did you hear that I asked all of you to lecture 8 hours everyday? We need many people to help, otherwise America cannot be saved. I won’t stay in the United States much longer. The Asian people need my help. I made the foundation to save America, now you must be the ones to educate the rest of the American people. The Unification Church has been making a foundation not for its own sake, but to save this country. Then American must serve the world. It lost its God-given mission, but you can save America and restore its position.

When Father first established the UTS, he virtually commuted everyday for three years. During those longs hours of driving back and forth I was constantly thinking that the young people studying there would be the future leaders of America. Now I would like to bequeath this heavenly standard to you.

I would now like to select 50 UTS graduates to represent the 50 states in this nation. You will each have 20 members, 10 blessed couples, working with you. It doesn’t matter what missions you have: everyone is now a tribal messiah. Go back to your tribe, your relatives. To give them true love is a difficult way, but I did it already.

True Parents’ Holy Wedding Ceremony was on April 12, 1960. So by April 12 of this year, 1989, this nationwide network will be completed. We are entering the land of Canaan. You must get out of your house and cross the Jordan River. I would like to restore this New Yorker Hotel completely, making it into a hotel church. We will only accept good husbands and wives and high standard guests; that way we can create a true family atmosphere. It will be such a unique hotel in New York that its reputation will spread all over the world.

So far, the dispensation has been centering on the individual, right? From this date on, I have raised the dispensation to the family level. Who will oppose you when you are living happily and harmoniously as husband, wife, and children. You will be the envy of the world because you are so pure. You may not be living in a luxurious apartment, but people will look at your happy looking, purposeful faces and be envious.

I would like to see some controversy about Rev. Moon’s people. People will see Moonies all over the place. Although they have used the word “Moonies” in a very disrespectful way in the past, it will be different from now on: “Yes, I’m a Moon church man, I’m a Unificationist.” Be proud of it. If we can save the population of New York, then we can definitely save America. I will now give a prayer of blessing for this special crusade.

UNITE, THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN IS AT HAND

REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

March 5, 1989
Chong Padong Church
Seoul, Korea

(Please note: this is an unofficial and incomplete translation).

Our life in the Unification Church is a life of indemnity to purify that which was wrong. The mistakes that have to be cleared up through indemnity are not only in the physical world but also in the spiritual world. We know there is an ideal world and a fallen world. We have to become people who can be liberated from the suffering world into the perfect world. We need liberation as an individual, as a family, nation and even up to the level of God. Even though there may be moments of happiness we can say that from the historical perspective our life now is not one of happiness. Looking at our life from the historical aspect of present, past and future, it is not happy. We are looking for a life where happiness is connected to past, present and future and to the spiritual world. Without achieving such happiness and liberation, we cannot become a partner to God and participate in God’s happiness.

How can we achieve this happiness? Jesus said that those who want to live will die and vice versa. The process of religion is one of completely turning things upside down in order to restore the original situation. Dying in order to live is an example. The history of the providence was a history of struggle and turning things upside down. Today we have a worldwide struggle and conflict on the individual and family levels. There is conflict between mind and body, parents and children and so on today. In the final confrontation of history who should be the subject of the heavenly side who can represent man and lead this revolution? There has to be one person who has revolutionized all these levels in himself and then, as a representative of mankind, stands on the worldwide level and fights the representative of evil.

Religions always aim to change the evil world into the good world. Thus religions always oppose the existing world. Religious people live a life opposite to the secular world.

History is the fight between good and evil. When will this fight end? It will be at the point when the savior comes, the person who can do away with the evil world and connect mankind to the world of God. Who is the savior? He is the person who stands as the representative of God on the individual level and brings about a change on all the other levels.

What kind of parents were Adam and Eve? Their unity should have been the unity of the male and female aspects in God. They should have become

the vertical ancestors of mankind through their unity passing on the love of God. But because of the fall they united centered on the evil one. They and their descendants were dominated by Satan. If Adam and Eve had not fallen and had lived and united centered on the love of God, the vertical connection would have been made. Also their horizontal difference as man and woman would have combined into one united whole. On that basis the family, nation and world would have been automatically related to that vertical line. However much mankind would have expanded, man would have remained united.

The purpose of the providence is to establish one man as the messiah who as the representative of the individual, family, nation and world who can stand in this vertical position, recognized by God and Satan.

This person has to wrestle with God as well as Satan. Jacob at the ford of Jabbok had to wrestle with the angel. If you want to be a sport’s champion you have to defeat the previous champions. The Messiah has to be the one who can wrestle the blessing from God so that even Satan can agree that this person deserves the blessing. If you are to be released you must get the approval of your accuser. God is the same. In order for us to receive liberation we have to have Satan’s signature of approval.

If you go the way of religion, you are opposed by the masters of this world. Why? Who is the master of this world and the spiritual world? The master of this world is not God. Because of the fall God cannot be the master of this world. Beginning from the individual level, the master is Satan. If we want to establish God as the master, we naturally experience opposition from the existing master of this world.

How can God achieve His ideal of creation if Satan is the master? As long as Satan dominates the body of man, God cannot strike Satan. If He were to strike Satan, He would be striking man. The only way is through a process of recreation. God has to invest the dedication and love He gave to the original creation. He is recreating Adam and Eve. At the moment when this recreated Adam and Eve become one with God, Satan can be subjugated. It is the process of natural subjugation, through love.

To achieve liberation from Satan, religion has to receive persecution through all the levels. Religions which do not receive persecution are automatically on the side of Satan as long as Satan is the master of this world. any established churches which live comfortably are by virtue of this fact on the side of Satan. A religion has to appear which fights with the false master of the individual level and the family and national levels and which can turn the situation upside down on the worldwide level.

In order for the dominion of Satan to be destroyed, the dominion of God has to be established on all levels in the physical and spiritual worlds. Centered on the person who established that dominion, that is the Messiah, unification can be achieved. Unification becomes the weapon to drive out Satan from the different levels.

God was preparing for the Messiah to come through His outpouring of love. The messiah has to unite the various levels and on that foundation can turn the world around.

Jesus was in the position to turn the world around and achieve the dominion of God. But because unification was not achieved on the different levels at that time, the messiah has to return. Unification means unification through love of enemies. The enemy has to be subjugated by love and then unification can be achieved. God needs the messiah as a person who can take responsibility to overcome the enemy by true love and thereby achieve unification. Do you see now why our church is the Unification Church?

The core of unification is the unification of husband and wife. From that unity, horizontal unification can expand. Should the unity be centered on the husband or the wife? Love is the central thing. Even God cannot do without love.

Love is the reason why God exists, creates and does everything. People who do not know this about God have no real idea who God is. To establish God as the master of the world, the messiah has to fight. Father has been fighting all his life but what is the nature of that fight? I have fought by first taking a beating and then taking the blessing. That has always been the principle of Father’s fighting-take the beating and then take the victory.

Today there is conflict everywhere between people, races and nationalities. But here in our church whites and blacks, yellows and whites, blacks and yellows marry, Orientals and Westerners.

Did Father make you marry interracially by threatening you with a gun or a knife? No, just by love. Isn’t Father a great and impressive man? Who do you think is more impressive, Father or Chun Doo-Hwan (disgraced ex-dictator of South Korea)? Chun opposed the Unification Church but Father was still trying to support him. Was Father trying to save the person or the country? The country. Even though a person opposes Father and takes away his house, Father would invest the money that was stolen to save that person. Chun Doo-Hwan opposed the Unification Church but who was it that collapsed, the Church or the Chun regime? Father’s principle is that his revenge is to try to save the person who opposes and tries to kill him. The opponent’s children will come and apologize. That is heavenly revenge. If I tell you to marry your enemy, would you try to do it? If I tell you to go ahead and unite would you do it? Why?

If the Unification Church worldwide on all levels is ordered by Father to turn upside down would you do it? If I tell you from the South of Korea to turn around and go to the North would you do it?

Now there’s a strange phenomenon, the Japanese are following Father, a Korean, like chicks are following the mother hen. People are running after Father. In Korea even the Buddhists are looking to Father for guidance. In Christianity there is so much confusion with liberation theology and so on. That’s just communism. They’ve lost direction. Even if I said don’t follow me people are still clinging to me. Did the Unification Church turn Christianity upside down? I’m guaranteeing that it will. Is there any other religious leader in Korea or history who has achieved what I have achieved? Did Jesus achieve what I have achieved? Why do you follow me around? Because you have tasted the honey.

The person who is most hated and persecuted on all levels is in the same position as God because God is persecuted and hated on all the levels.

What is our topic-“Unite, the Kingdom of Heaven is at Hand.” Why don’t I say, “Repent” or “Be Careful- the Kingdom of Heaven is at Hand.” If the five races of mankind do not unite, the kingdom of heaven cannot come. What if I tell you to gather it all up. If you had the determination to follow me, even if I told you to eat excrement, we could bring the kingdom.

Father has spent more than anyone else in Korean history to give banquets and parties for Koreans. All Korean leaders on the local levels have eaten at banquets given by Father and they are beginning to understand. Who will bow down, to one who has eaten or the one who has given the feast? The time will come when those who oppose Father will be opposed by other Korean people without Father doing anything. (Father drinks a cup of water.) If I drink one cup of water it means I have sweated one cup. You have to pay for that. Will you pay the price of Father’s sweat? I have married you. Do you like it or hate it?

People think the members of the Unification Church are really extraordinary people and that Father must be smart to have attracted them. Are they good because they were like that or because Father educated them? Look at Pak Bo-hi and Kwak Chung-Hwan, they are getting bigger than Father himself but they are just ordinary people. Many have made a career and become famous under Father’s sponsorship.

Why do you think I have-gone the way of tears? Why did I go to prison when I did not have to? It’s not for my own benefit but because I want to liberate God. I want to save all my enemies. I want to save even Kim Il-sung. I want to save Russia. Now in China Father is becoming famous. Mao Tsetung and Kim Il-sung ruled for 40 years but they have taken from and robbed the people. Rev. Moon is not taking, he is giving, so people in China are beginning to appreciate him.

Nowadays when Father comes to America, guards stand to attention and salute him. How does an Asian man feel when westerners show such respect? Actually, I hate it because I am more used to living like a beggar. I do not like these external things. I do not even like to wear a suit. I would rather wear cheap and miserable clothes and live simply.

You have to understand that in order for the liberation of God to be achieved you must unite. Father has paved the way for this liberation of God to take place. Even the unification of Korea can only be achieved on the basis of unity. Through your unification all the powers of North Korea will vanish. If through the power of unification the world is turned upside down, the original world will appear. Man can return to his original home and live a life of filial piety with his parents. In the original world we will not need religion. A man can live a life of filial piety to his parents. That’s all the religion we’ll need in the original world. Unification is the key to the coming of the kingdom. It must be a tightly knit and unbreakable unity centered on the True Parents, the True Family and the Unification Church. Without this we cannot bring the kingdom of heaven. We must fight Satan until this unity i8 achieved.

Father prays: Heavenly Father, on this 5th of March, 1989, we have met together with your children. Now the time has come to break the dominion of Satan and establish your mastery. We can see our true home, the place where we can live together with True Parents, brothers and sisters. To get there the people here must go courses of indemnity of different levels. Father, you have helped me and supported me through my whole course of indemnity and I could endure 43 years of terrible indemnity. When I think now the time for liberation is near I am so grateful. I pray for the sons and daughters here who have pledged to unite. Please be with them and give them your blessings. Father, I pray for this poor country which has suffered so much through its history. We have to unite with all our power. We will show your providence to the world. Please allow that these sons and daughters become your proud representatives. Please be with them when they fulfill their historical missions. I pray all this in the name of True Parents.

Amen.